UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

☒   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

OR

 

☐   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to                      .

 

Commission File Number: 000-55596

 

MyDx, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada   99-0384160
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

6335 Ferris Square, Suite B

San Diego, CA 92121

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

(800) 814-4550

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

  

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class:   Name of each exchange on which registered:
None   None

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

(Title of class)

Common Stock, par value $0.001

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates (12,415,691) of the registrant at June 30, 2016 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $1,738,196.74, based upon the closing price ($0.14) of the registrant’s common stock on that date as reported on the OTCQB marketplace of the OTC Markets.

 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 23, 2017 was 1,450,204,599.

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  
   
PART I  
       
  Item 1. Business 1
  Item 1A. Risk Factors 9
  Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 23
  Item 2. Properties 23
  Item 3. Legal Proceedings 23
       
PART II  
       
  Item 5. Market for Registrants’ Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase Equity Securities 24
  Item 6. Selected Financial Data 25
  Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations 26
  Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 32
  Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 33
  Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 33
  Item 9B. Other Information 33
       
PART III  
       
  Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance 34
  Item 11. Executive Compensation 37
  Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders’ Matters 40
  Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 41
  Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 42
       
PART IV  
       
  Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statements Schedules 43
       
SIGNATURES 46

 

 

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Sections 21E and Section 27A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). “Forward-looking statements,” which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of financial resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and our liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results and future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresee” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and variations of these words and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially As used in this report, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, and the “Company” means MyDx, Inc. a Nevada corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

  our ability to deploy our solutions and develop new products;
  any contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
  any possible financings;
  the adequacy of our cash reserves and working capital’
  our ability to grow revenue, and in amounts greater than our operating and capital expenditures;
  our ability to evaluate our current and future prospects;
  access by us and our customers to financing;
  our ability to keep pace with changes in technology;
  our ability to protect our intellectual property;
  competition and competitive factors;
  the amount of capital expenditures required to grow our business;
  our ability to comply with government regulation affecting our business;
  the impact of worldwide economic conditions; and
  the other factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” under Item 1a. of this Annual Report.

 

Because the factors referred to above could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. New factors emerge from time to time, and their emergence is impossible for us to predict. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

  

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

This Annual Report should be read completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. This Annual Report should be read in conjunction all reports Registrant has previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The forward looking statements included in this Annual Report are made as of the date of this Annual Report and should be evaluated with consideration of any changes occurring after the date of this Annual Report. We will not update forward-looking statements even though our situation may change in the future and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Organization

 

MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) (formally known as Brista Corp.) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on December 20, 2012 (date of inception). The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CDx, Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 16, 2013.

 

On April 9, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with CDx Merger Inc., a Nevada corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and CDx, Inc. (“CDx”), a Delaware corporation. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub was to merge with and into CDx with CDx surviving the merger as the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary (the “Merger”). The Merger is treated as a reverse acquisition of the Company, a public shell company, for financial accounting and reporting purposes. As such, CDx is treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes while the Company is treated as the acquired entity for accounting and financial reporting purposes. On April 24, 2015, in anticipation of closing the Merger, the Company changed its name to MyDx, Inc. On April 30, 2015, the Merger was consummated.

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each share of CDx’s capital stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was converted into the right to receive one (1) share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”). Additionally, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company assumed all of CDx’s options and warrants issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, 6,069,960 and 7,571,395 shares of Common Stock, respectively. Prior to and as a condition to the closing of the Merger, each then-current Company stockholder agreed to sell certain shares of Common Stock held by such holder to the Company and the then-current Company stockholders retained an aggregate of 1,990,637 shares of common stock. Therefore, following the Merger, CDx’s former stockholders held 19,855,295 shares of the Common Stock which was approximately 91% of the Common Stock outstanding on April 30, 2015.

 

Business

 

MyDx is a science and technology company that develops and deploys products and services in the following focus areas:

 

1) Consumer Products – smart devices and consumables
2) Data Analytics – pre-clinical chemical analysis and patient feedback ecosystem
3) Biopharmaceuticals – identifying ‘green Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients TM , (gAPI TM ) and corresponding formulations
4) Software as a Service (SaaS) – Software services for prescribers, patient groups, cultivators, and regulators

 

We are committed to addressing areas of critical national need to promote public safety, transparency and regulation in the various markets we serve.

 

The Company’s first product, MyDx ® , also known as “My Diagnostic”, is a multiuse hand-held chemical analyzer made for consumers and professional users which feeds our data analytics platform and SaaS business. MyDx is intended to allow consumers to Trust & Verify ® what they put into their mind and body by using our science and technology to test for pesticides in food, chemicals in water, toxins in the air, and the safety and potency of cannabis samples, which is our initial focus.

 

The Company’s founder, sole officer and sole member of the Board of Directors, Daniel Yazbeck, is an experienced executive with over 15 years of product research, development and commercialization experience including at Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Yazbeck was a scientist for Pfizer Pharmaceuticals, specializing in Chemical R&D technologies that identify and manufacture Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients at scale using green chemistry and a strategic product and market developer for Panasonic, engineering new consumer electronic products and deploying them with strategic partners in the healthcare industry. Mr. Yazbeck is also a seasoned asset-backed investor at Yazbeck Investments and holds a master of science degree from McGill University.

 

MyDx, and it’s wholly owned subsidiary, CDx, has successfully executed on a four-year business plan. The company has received cash investment of approximately $9 million to date. In 2013, CDx was established with $210,000 in seed funding and support from an entity affiliated with Mr. Yazbeck to secure strategic development partners and establish a product and IP portfolio. In 2014, CDx developed, protected, manufactured and marketed the beta version of its first product, the MyDx Analyzer, through a crowdfunding campaign that launched in January 2014 as well as a financing round where $600,000 of shares of CDx, Inc. Series A Preferred Stock was sold through April 2014 and $2 million in convertible notes were issued through September 2014. The Beta product was released in the first quarter of 2015, at which point $4,800,000 of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in CDx, Inc. was sold followed by the completion of the Merger. The official product was released in the third quarter of 2015 and the company received an additional $250,000 loan from an entity affiliated with Mr. Yazbeck to help finance its operations in the fourth quarter. In 2016, we believe the Company continued to penetrate the market and increased brand recognition. In addition, in 2016, the Company launched additional products that tests for pesticides in food and chemicals in water and financed the company’s operations primarily through the issuance of convertible debt.

 

  1  

 

 

Business Segments (Cannabis Industry Focus)

 

The company is currently focused on 4 key business segments to service the cannabis industry.

 

1. Consumer Products

 

Smart Devices & Consumables

 

1) CannaDx TM

 

The cannabis industry’s first hand-held cannabis sensor and analyzer with disposable single use inserts.
  Comes with a mobile app that acts as a ‘virtual budtender’.
 

Analyzes cannabis sample and provides a Total Canna Profile TM (TCP), a more complete chemical profile to include THC and the most prevalent cannabinoids and terpenes found in cannabis plants.

 

Cannabinoids such as THC and CBD have been reported to bind the CB1 and CB2 receptors found throughout the human body and have been reported to provide relief to an array of symptoms, including pain, nausea, and inflammation to name a few. Terpenes, which have been reported to compound the effects of cannabinoids on the body via an “Entourage Effect”, are also important in determining the overall physiological effects various cannabis chemical profiles.

  Enables users to log their ailments and side effects and tie those back to the exact chemical profile
  Provides strain recommendations based on desired “relief” input based on crowdsourced community feedback.

 

2) Delivery Devices

 

  MyDx plans to develop smart hardware that gather user data
Integrated with Bluetooth as well as other technologies that will allow for mobile-app control, dose restrictions, safety controls, and usage statistics.
We plan to OEM these product to third-party customers

 

3) MyDx 2

 

MyDx plans to develop he first touchscreen kitchen tablet in the market with integrated MyDx sensor reading capability
Sensor lineup to include OrganaDx, AquaDx, and AeroDx.
Company plans to offer CannaDx data portal management ability in MyDx 2.

 

MyDx plans to evaluate 510K approval process to leverage its consumer products and the ability of insurance companies to support sales of its smart devices and generate HIPPA compliant crowdsourced data.

 

2. Data Analytics

 

Pre-Clinical Chemical Analysis and Patient Feedback Ecosystem

 

MyDx will have four classes of data and algorithms:

 

1) User Data

 

When users download the CannaDx mobile app, we may ask them put in personal details such as gender, location, height, weight, age etc. that we maintain while complying with HIPAA.

 

2) Chemical Composition Data

 

This information is sourced from a number of inputs including the CannaDx Handheld’s Total Canna Profile (TCP), partner laboratories analyses, and branded pre-tested concentrates.

 

3) User Feedback

 

Provided by users in our CannaDx mobile app as they try various products and record their experiences with those products.

 

4) Usage Statistics

 

We will capture type, frequency, dosage, ailments relieved, and side effects.

 

MyDx plans to leverage this data, which combined is referred to as the Total Canna Profile TM (TCP), combined with our proprietary algorithms, to develop key insights into user behavior based on unique chemical profiles. Our goal is to track how a specific sample is expected to help relieve certain ailments and to validate the results.

 

  2  

 

 

3. Biopharmaceutical

 

Identifying ‘green Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients TM ’ (gAPI TM ) and corresponding formulations

 

1) Sale and License of Product Formulations

 

MyDx plans to work with third party customers to license crowdsourced formulated chemical profiles that are expected to address a specific “relief” desired using its own proprietary formulas derived from our extensive dataset and algorithms.

 

2) Sale of green Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (gAPI TM )

 

This division will also look to provide an organic source of extracted green Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (gAPI TM ), such as a predefined terpene formulation, for consumer and industrial use.
Given that certain classes of gAPI’s such hemp derived CBD and terpenes might offer “relief” without the “high” THC provides, MyDx intends to partner with leaders in the industry to offer branded products without THC, akin to a “virgin” cocktail, if it finds that these formulations offer the benefits desired and the legal framework to sell them is viable.

 

4. SaaS (Software as a Service)

 

Software services for prescribers, patient groups, cultivators, and regulators

 

1) MyDx App

 

Available in iOS and Android and controls the MyDx Analyzer
Tracks patient tested samples and physiological feedback
Prints a Certificate of Analysis, which includes patient feedback
Offers patients groups and their doctors with OEM software to track what the community is experiencing
Centrally hosted in our secure cloud based server
Will offer in App purchases for additional software subscription features

 

2) Software to Support Laboratory Marketing, Customer Service and Data Aggregation

 

MyDx will offer what we believe will be the premier lead generator and outsourced services provider for cannabis testing labs
Through certain assets MyDx expects to develop or acquire, as well as leads generated from our handheld analysis and smart devices, we believe MyDx will be positioned to become a world leader in cannabis laboratory marketing and services and as the largest “data holder” of tested cannabis and the associated chemical profiles tied to the ailment therapy.

 

Recent Highlights

 

The following are some of our 2016 achievements:

 

  CannaDx TM , as a standalone business, has generated more than $1 million in revenue since commercialization began in 2015, mainly from online sales, and is helping thousands of consumers Trust & Verify ® their cannabis every day.

  AquaDx TM single use sensors were launched to test for harmful chemicals in water, helping Flint, Michigan and Tampa, Florida residents in critical areas of need Trust & Verify ® the safety of their drinking water, as featured by CNN and ABC News.

OrganaDx TM single use sensors were launched to test for pesticides and heavy metals in cannabis and food, as featured by NBC News.
CannaDx TM proprietary database more than doubled in size, to tens of thousands of crowdsourced ailments and feelings associated with unique chemical profile datapoints. Backed by pharmacological insights shared in our MyDx White Paper, we believe we are positioned to play an important role in understanding the science of cannabis and its future role in the biopharmaceutical industry.

 

  3  

 

 

Product Overview: MyDx

 

Our core technology is centered on a portable chemical sensing and analyzing method, represented by our first product, MyDx. MyDx is a portable chemical hand-held analyzer, combined with a sensor and associated mobile app, which together, act as an electronic nose by detecting and analyzing molecules present in a given sample. MyDx aims to complement chemical analysis in the lab by putting it into the palm of the user’s hand.

 

Each MyDx sensor has sensitivity that can reach parts per billion, which the Company believes is unique for a handheld chemical analyzer at our consumer price-point for MyDx. The MyDx device has a user-friendly interface and is designed to easily communicate via Bluetooth with our mobile app, which can be downloaded on any iOS, Android, or Windows smartphone. Given the sensitivity of the MyDx device, once the app is downloaded and the device is synced, a small sample can be placed in the sample chamber, which is then stimulated, releasing the chemicals of interest into a vapor for identification by the MyDx Analyzer. The process of analysis takes about three minutes, after which the user will be able to view the interpreted chemical composition of the sample on his or her mobile smart phone via our mobile app. In addition, the app will track and save the results of each analysis for future reference and comparison, and will aggregate reports on and analyses of various chemical compounds to help educate the consumer about the results. MyDx sensors can be switched by the user based on the type of the sample being tested, and the user will simply launch the associated app from their smartphone. The Company believes that, based on its portability, MyDx is the first portable multi-use chemical sensing and analyzing technology available for use by a broad range of consumers, especially in our target market applications.

 

Product Features/MyDx Service

 

The MyDx Analyzer comes with a variety of product features that is intended to provide consumers with a user-friendly experience. The Company has developed what we believe is a sleek and durable unit that, paired with one of our four sensors, has capabilities to analyze a variety of chemical compounds in the palm of the user’s hand. The MyDx Service connects the MyDx Analyzer to the MyDx App using BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) connection. The MyDx App communicates with the secure MyDx Cloud via the Internet. 

 

The MyDx Analyzer comes with Bluetooth connectivity in order to engage the MyDx App, which provides the user with additional information to help them understand the chemicals found by the MyDx Analyzer. The MyDx Cloud compares what was sensed by the MyDx Analyzer with scientific data about that sample on the back-end, revealing cannabinoid and terpene levels found in the sample for the CannaDx application for example.  

 

The MyDx App 

 

The MyDx App is available for iPhone and Android platforms. Once the MyDx App is installed on the consumer’s mobile device, the consumer can turn on the MyDx Analyzer using the small button on the side next to the power cable slot. Using the MyDx App, the consumer can initiate the testing process. The MyDx App then attempts to find and sync with the MyDx Analyzer via a wireless Bluetooth connection. The consumer can then load their sample into the Sample Chamber. They will take an empty disposable Sample Insert and place their sample into the Sample Insert. This is done by gently grinding the sample between their fingers and letting the contents fall into the chamber. They fill the sample up to just below the rim of the insert. Once the sample is loaded and the chamber is closed, they follow the onscreen instructions and click “ Next ”. The MyDx Analyzer is placed on a flat surface, and the consumer presses the “ Start ” button. Within approximately three minutes later the results are available. 

 

Target Audiences 

 

The Company believes the CannaDx sensor may have broad appeal to individuals who use medicinal cannabis for their health. In many cases, the chemical compounds consumers need to know about are not correctly identified at the point-of-sale, and the consumers may not be aware of how a strain will affect them. Using the CannaDx sensor, consumers will be able to identify certain chemical compounds in different strains of cannabis that are associated with the desired response to its use. This makes MyDx an important tool for both cannabis patients and recreational users who want to understand the product they are consuming, how it affects their body and allows them to track how certain chemical profiles are treating any symptoms they may have.   

 

  4  

 

 

In addition to the consumer audience for our CannaDx sensor, we expect businesses in the cannabis industry, including cultivators, processors, dispensaries, and retail distributors to use MyDx as an additional test for their own products or the products that they are buying for resale to consumers. However, MyDx is not a replacement for commercial lab testing using standard gas chromatography and other lab equipment. 

Distribution and Marketing Strategy  

The Company distributes its products through various channels, including e-commerce via the Company’s website, direct to retail, amazon.com, and sales through affiliate partners. The company also intends to expand into retail distribution. As part of our marketing strategy, the Company also works with bloggers, websites and social media channels with large audiences, to ensure that the potential market knows and understands the promise of the MyDx Analyzer. The Company plans to use industry conferences, media outreach, and social media channels such as Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Instagram, Google+ and more to push its message to the right audiences. Public relations efforts through Tier 1 news media interviews and conference speaking engagements has been a critical cost effective source of marketing for the company to date.   

Market Overview  

Cannabis Market (CannaDx TM )

According to ProCon.org, as of March 23, 2017, 28 states and the District of Columbia have passed regulations permitting cannabis use in one form or another.  According to cannabis research firm Arcview, sales of legal weed in North America rose by 34% to $6.9 billion in 2016, and based on estimates from investment firm Cowen & Co., U.S. legal sales could reach $50 billion by 2026. For added context, ArcView estimates that North American black market sales totaled $46.4 billion last year. 

Given the relative youth of the industry, and the lack of federal legalization of either medical or recreational cannabis use, few practical cannabis quality control solutions exist today. Medicinal cannabis patients therefore often have a very difficult time understanding what psychotropic effects they should expect before consuming a particular strain of cannabis, even when the strain is labelled with the percentage concentration of THC or CBD, two common cannabinoids present in the cannabis plant that impact its potency and impact on the user. Both medical cannabis patients and recreational consumers deserve a practical and affordable solution to gain control over what to expect from a given strain before choosing to put it into their body. MyDx, used in conjunction with the app, is designed to enable those individuals to gain control over what they are consuming and to achieve some consistency in how they are feeling or how effectively certain symptoms are being treated. This is accomplished by having the user enter ailment relief data into the app and comparing that feeling data to the specific chemical composition of the cannabis ingested. In such manner, a database can be developed enabling MyDx users to be more deliberate as to the strain and chemical features of the cannabis they choose to procure in the future. MyDx users may also elect to develop and maintain their own personal database within the app.   

Water Quality Testing Market (AquaDx TM )

According to a market research report published by MarketsandMarkets, the global Water Testing & Analysis Instruments Market was valued at $2.7 billion in 2014 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of 5.2% from 2014 to 2019 to reach a value of $3.5 billion by 2019. Trends such as increasing government regulations for water quality, environmental concerns such as water contamination & pollution, and increasing industrialization & urbanization are driving the global water testing & analysis market. The European region is the leading global manufacturer and exporter of water testing & analysis instruments.  

Food Satety Testing Market (OrganaDx TM )

According to a market research report published by MarketsandMarkets, the food safety testing market, in terms of value, is projected to reach around USD 17.16 Billion by 2021, at a CAGR of around 7.4% from 2016. Global increase in outbreaks of foodborne illnesses and increase in regulations in developed countries are some of the factors driving this market. The food safety testing market is segmented on the basis of contaminant, food tested, technology, and region. 

Air Quality Testing Market (AeroDx ® )

According to a market research report published by MarketsandMarkets, the global Air Quality Equipment Market is expected to reach $6.147 Billion by 2019 from $3.965 Billion in 2014, growing at a CAGR of 9.15% between 2014 and 2019. The rising air pollution will be the most important growth drivers for this market in the forecast period (2012-2019). Moreover, increased health concerns and stringent air pollution control norms by government organizations are also expected to drive the market growth. However, high cost of equipment and lack of government funding for research may hinder the growth of this market.

  5  

 

 

Competition

 

Chemical Analysis Smart Devices

 

Currently, the Company believes there are no portable, consumer-focused, reasonably-priced chemical analysis platforms on the market that compete directly with MyDx in the cannabis sector. The Company is aware of two hand-held analyzer devices in development which are being marketed to consumers. One is Scio, which plans to use spectrometer technology to externally scan food, medicine and plants. The other one is FOOD sniffer, which is being marketed as the world’s first electronic nose that helps consumers determine the quality of meat, poultry and fish before they eat it, thereby reducing the risk of food poisoning by testing food to confirm that it is safe to consume. In addition, larger gas chromatography units that range from $25,000 to well over $100,000, are available, but we believe these larger units ultimately will not compete for the consumer base to which that the Company plans to market MyDx.

 

In contrast, the Company has brought to market a consumer-focused, chemically sensitive device for under $700. The Company believes that the combination of a relatively low price point, chemical sensitivity, and patentable intellectual property provide barriers to competition. However, companies with far greater resources than the Company could develop competing technologies and products that could impact the market for the Company’s products.

 

Currently, the company is not aware of any competitors that have crowdsourced cannabis TCP data based on a tested chemical profile in real time.

 

Research and Development

 

The Company incurred research and development expenses of approximately $686,000 and $1,695,000 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to the development of the MyDx Analyzer and the sensors. 

  

Manufacturing

 

We do not intend to manufacture our products in our own facilities. Rather, we intend to outsource the manufacture of our products to one or more independent manufacturers that also manufacture electronic products for a number of other businesses. The manufacturer will be expected to test our products and conduct quality control in all aspects of manufacturing. During this testing, we expect to be making further adjustments to our formulations. While we believe that we may be able to contract or engage a manufacturer to perform these functions, we may not be able to do so. As discussed above (in Proposed Products ), we will modify our plan of operations in a manner consistent with our at-that-time financial situation.

 

We currently have an arrangement with All Quality & Services, Inc. a Silicon Valley based Electronics Manufacturing Services provider to manufacture and assemble our current MyDx analyzer. We also have a manufacturing agreement with Arrow Electronics, Inc., a fortune 100 company with headquarters in Denver, CO, to support manufacturing and assembly of our future MyDx products.

 

Intellectual Property

 

MyDx owns the exclusive right to the following patents for our cannabis market field of use:

 

Patent #   Serial #   Title   Issue date
7,359,802   10/618,546   Methods for Remote Characterizations of an Odor   4/15/2008
7,189,353   11/054,055   Use of Spatiotemporal Response Behavior in Sensor Arrays to Detect Analytes in Fluids   3/13/2007
7,144,553   10/651,917   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/5/2006
6,759,010   09/910,243   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   7/6/2004
6,610,367   09/910,242   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   8/26/2003
6,170,318   09/183,724   Methods of Use for Sensor Based Fluid Detection Devices   1/9/2001
6,093,308   09/258,713   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   7/25/2000
6,013,229   09/095,376   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   1/11/2000
6,010,616   08/986,500   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   1/4/2000

 

  6  

 

 

5,959,191   09/006,279   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/28/1999
5,951,846   09/006,142   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/14/1999
5,911,872   08/949,730   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   6/15/1999
5,891,398   09/154,604   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   4/6/1999
5,788,833   08/696,128   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   8/4/1998
5,698,089   08/689,227   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/16/1997
5,571,401   08/410,809   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   11/5/1996
DE 0820585   696 05 906.1-08   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/29/1999
3,963,474   08-529590/96   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   6/1/2007
1,151,272    99960357.4   Simultaneous Determination of Equilibrium and Kinetic Properties   9/30/2009
918986   97938223.1   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   10/17/2007
820585   96910563.4   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/29/1999
8,394,330   09/409,644   Conductive Organic Sensors, Arrays and Methods of Use   3/12/2013
7,966,132   12/082,972   Methods for Remote Characterizations of an Odor   6/21/2011
7,955,561   11/108,538   Colloidal Particles Used in Sensing Arrays   6/7/2011
7,595,023   11/490,732   Spatiotemporal and Geometric Optimization of Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/29/2009
7,175,885   09/770,089   Compositionally Different Polymer-Based Sensor Elements and Method for Preparing Same   2/13/2007
7,122,152   09/842,204   Spatiotemporal and Geometric Optimization of Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   10/17/2006
6,962,675   10/214,794   Use of Spatiotemporal Response Behavior in Sensor Arrays to Detect Analytes in Fluids   11/8/2005
6,773,926   09/963,788   Nanoparticle-Based Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   8/10/2004
6,631,333   09/596,758   Methods for Remote Characterizations of an Odor   10/7/2003
6,571,603   09/318,900   Method of Resolving Analytes In a Fluid   6/3/2003
6,455,319   09/568,784   Use of Spatiotemporal Response Behavior in Sensor Arrays to Detect Analytes in Fluids   9/24/2002
6,387,329   09/442,074   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   5/14/2002
6,350,369   09/291,932   Method and System for Determining Analyte Activity   2/26/2002
6,290,911   09/106,791   Compositionally Different Polymer-Based Sensor Elements and Method for Preparing Same   9/18/2001
2,264,839   2264839   Sensors Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   5/9/2006
993,605   98931709.4   Compositionally Different Polymer-Based Sensor Elements and Method for Preparing Same   4/19/2000
334,530   334530   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   7/6/2000
206,322   992497   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   1/30/2002
193,532   977351   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/27/1999
n/a   99930562.6   Polymer/Plasticizer Based Sensor   n/a
n/a   99931777.9   Colloidal Particles Used In Sensing Arrays   n/a
n/a   n/a   A Portable Electronic Nose   n/a
7,359,802   10/618,546   Methods for Remote Characterizations of an Odor   4/15/2008
7,189,353   11/054,055   Use of Spatiotemporal Response Behavior in Sensor Arrays to Detect Analytes in Fluids   3/13/2007
7,144,553   10/651,917   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/5/2006
6,759,010   09/910,243   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   7/6/2004
6,610,367   09/910,242   Use of An Array of Polymeric Sensors of Varying Thickness for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   8/26/2003
6,170,318   09/183,724   Methods of Use for Sensor Based Fluid Detection Devices   1/9/2001
6,093,308   09/258,713   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   7/25/2000
6,013,229   09/095,376   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   1/11/2000
6,010,616   08/986,500   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   1/4/2000
5,959,191   09/006,279   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/28/1999
5,951,846   09/006,142   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   9/14/1999
5,911,872   08/949,730   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   6/15/1999
5,891,398   09/154,604   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   4/6/1999
5,788,833   08/696,128   Sensors for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   8/4/1998
5,698,089   08/689,227   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   12/16/1997
5,571,401   08/410,809   Sensor Arrays for Detecting Analytes in Fluids   11/5/1996
7,966,132   12/082,972   Methods for Remote Characterizations of an Odor   6/21/2011
6,571,603   09/318,900   Method of Resolving Analytes In a Fluid   6/3/2003
6,350,369   09/291,932   Method and System for Determining Analyte Activity   2/26/2002

 

  7  

 

 

On July 2, 2014, the Company filed assignments of all right, title and interest for four United States provisional patent applications that were recorded with the United States Patent and Trademark Office on July 3, 2014. The United States provisional patent applications assigned to the Company were acquired for consideration that included cash and stock. The Company filed an international patent application with an international filing date of July 14, 2014 that cites priority to the four United States provisional patent applications. The international patent application is currently pending with a U.S. National Stage Filing App Ser. No: 14/905,780 entitled Apparatus for Detection and Delivery of Volatilized Compounds and Related Methods filed on January 15, 2016.

 

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) application or a non-provisional patent application, subject to any disclaimers or extensions. The term of a patent in the United States can be adjusted and extended due to the failure of the United States Patent and Trademark Office following certain statutory and regulation deadlines for issuing a patent.

 

Although we believe that our portfolio of intellectual property rights provides us with a strong and defensible market position from which to commercialize our portable electronic nose and analyzing technology and to build our business by expanding our core technology across a variety of applications, there is no guarantee the patents or patent rights we own will be sufficient to adequately protect the technology owned or licensed by us. We strive to protect the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patent protection intended to cover the device products, their methods of use, related technology and other inventions that are important to our business. We also rely on trade secrets and monitoring of our proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

 

Government Regulations

 

Our products require CE Marking (European Conformity), Federal Communications Commission and other government safety approvals. We are working with various partners to secure all approvals. Inasmuch as we are a sensor technology company, except with respect to government regulations related to the cannabis industry described in more detail below, we do not foresee any other probable government regulations on our business outside of normal business practices.

 

With respect to our CannaDx sensor, there is a substantial amount of change occurring in the United States regarding both the medical and recreational use of cannabis, and a number of individual states have enacted state laws to enable distribution, possession, and use of cannabis for medical, and in some cases, recreational purposes. Despite the development of a legal medical or recreational cannabis industry under certain state laws, cannabis use and possession remains illegal under federal law, and such state laws are in conflict with the Federal Controlled Substances Act. The Obama Administration had effectively stated that it was not an efficient use of resources to direct federal law enforcement agencies to prosecute individuals lawfully abiding by state-designated laws allowing for use and distribution of medical and recreational cannabis. However, there is no guarantee that the Trump Administration will not change the previous Administration’s stated policy regarding enforcement of federal laws in states where cannabis has been legalized. Also, the possession, use, cultivation, or transfer of cannabis remains illegal under the Federal Controlled Substances Act. Our CannaDx sensor may be sold to customers that are engaged in the business of possession, use, cultivation, or transfer of cannabis. As a result, law enforcement authorities regulating the illegal use of cannabis may seek to bring an action or actions against us, including, but not limited, to a claim of aiding and abetting another’s criminal activities. The federal aiding and abetting statute provides that anyone who “commits an offense against the United States or aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal.” 18 U.S.C. §2(a).

  

Subsidiary

 

We have one wholly owned subsidiary, CDx, Inc., a Delaware Corporation which was incorporated on September 16, 2013.

 

  8  

 

 

Employees

 

As of March 23, 2017, we had 3 officers, 1 full-time employee and 5 dedicated independent contractors and consultants. For the immediate future, we intend to use independent contractors and consultants to assist in many aspects of our business on an as needed basis pending financial resources being available. Even if we receive sufficient funding to hire additional employees, we may rely principally on independent contractors for substantially all of our technical and manufacturing needs.

 

We have one written employment agreement with Mr. Yazbeck. Currently, we are not actively seeking additional employees or engaging any consultants through a formal written agreement or contract. Services are provided on an as-needed basis. This may change in the event that we are able to secure financing through equity or loans to the Company.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information included in this Annual Report and all other reports the Registrant has filed with the SEC and the risks we have highlighted in other sections of this Annual Report. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risks described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not currently believed by us to be immaterial may also impact us. The risks discussed below include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.

 

Risks Related to our Business

 

We have a limited operating history and a history of operating losses, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability. In addition, we may be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

MyDx was incorporated in December 2012 and has a limited operating history. We had not generated any revenues until July 2015. We are not profitable and have incurred losses since our inception. We continue to incur research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations.

 

We have experienced significant losses to date and may require additional capital to fund our operations. The current financial climate may make it more difficult to secure financing, if we need it. If our business model is not successful, or if we are unable to generate sufficient revenue to offset our expenditures, we may not become profitable, and the value of your investment may decline.

 

We incurred a net loss of approximately $16,502,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and a cumulative net loss of approximately $26,399,000 from September 16, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016.

 

  9  

 

 

We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and these losses will likely increase as we continue to commercialize our products. The amount of future losses and when, if ever, we will achieve profitability are uncertain. If our products do not achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. The initial cost of completing development of our products and penetrating our anticipated markets will be substantial, and there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. Although we shipped our first revenue units in the third quarter of 2015, if we are not successful in growing revenues and controlling costs, we will not achieve profitable operations or positive cash flow, and even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Absent of a significant increase in revenue or additional equity or debt financing, we may not be able to sustain our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Furthermore, we are experiencing the costs and uncertainties of a young operating company, including unforeseen costs and difficulties. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in meeting these challenges and addressing these risks and uncertainties. If we are unable to do so, our business will not be successful.

 

Negative Operating Cash Flow

 

We reported negative cash flow from operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. It is anticipated that we will continue to report negative operating cash flow in future periods until we are able to increase our product sales volumes.

 

We believe our cash balance, together with anticipated cash flows from operations, is insufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We project that additional funding in the amount of $2,000,000 will be required to fund our operations for the next 12 months. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to pay our expenses, we will need to raise additional funds to continue our operations. We have historically financed our operations through private equity and debt financings. The delays in our ability to ship products and generate revenues may have adversely affected our capital raising opportunities. We do not have any commitments for financing at this time, and financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain debt or equity financing in amounts sufficient to fund our operations, if necessary, we will be forced to suspend or curtail our operations.

 

Changes in accounting guidance could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, as reported in our financial statements.

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded.  Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting guidance and related interpretations issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the SEC. Market conditions have prompted these organizations to issue new guidance that further interprets or seeks to revise accounting pronouncements related to various transactions as well as to issue new guidance expanding disclosures.  The impact of accounting pronouncements that have been issued but not yet implemented is disclosed in our annual report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.  An assessment of proposed standards is not provided, as such proposals are subject to change through the exposure process and, therefore, their effects on our financial statements cannot be meaningfully assessed.  It is possible that future accounting guidance we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, as reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

  10  

 

 

We are an early-stage company, and as such, we have no meaningful operating or financial history, we have a limited amount of products in the marketplace.

 

CDx commenced operations in January 2014. Therefore, there is limited historical financial information upon which to base an evaluation of our performance and future prospects. Due to our lack of operating history, our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in the early-stage of operations, including, without limitation, the following:

 

  absence of an operating history;
  a limited amount of products in the marketplace;
  insufficient capital;
  expected continual losses for the foreseeable future;
  no history on which to evaluate our ability to anticipate and adapt to a developing market;
  uncertainty as to market acceptance of our initial and future products;
  limited marketing experience and lack of sales organization; and
  competitive and highly regulated environment.

 

Because we are subject to these risks, potential investors may have a difficult time evaluating our business and their investment in our Company. We may be unable to successfully overcome these risks, any of which could irreparably harm our business.

 

The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays frequently encountered in connection with a new enterprise, the commercial launch of a new product which still requires testing, and the operation in a competitive industry. We expect to sustain losses in the future as we implement our business plan. There can be no assurance that we will ever operate profitably.

 

We will require substantial additional funding, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

   

Our cash balance as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $38,000. We do not have adequate funds to fully develop our business, and we need other capital investment to fully implement our business plans. Our current estimate of additional funds required for the next year is $750,000. We do not have any contracts or commitments for additional funding, and there can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. The inability to obtain additional capital will restrict our ability to grow and may reduce our ability to continue to conduct business operations. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we will likely be required to curtail our development plans. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most or all of their investment. Additional funding that we do obtain may be dilutive to the interests of existing stockholders.

 

While in 2016 we satisfied over $1.5 million in convertible debt used to finance the Company's critical obligations in 2015 and 2016, this same convertible debt used to finance our operations has resulted in heavy dilution and a sharp decline in share price.  The Company expects to continue to experience dilution in the near future.

 

We are dependent on our current management team. If we fail to attract and retain key management personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize our products.

 

In the early stages of development, our business will be significantly dependent on our management team. Our success will be particularly dependent upon Mr. Yazbeck. The loss of his services could have a material adverse effect on us. We have not obtained key-man insurance on the life of Mr. Yazbeck. Moreover, in order to successfully implement and manage our business plan, we will be dependent upon, among other things, successfully recruiting qualified sales and marketing and management personnel. Competition for qualified individuals is intense. There can be no assurance that we will be able to find, attract and retain existing employees or that we will be able to find, attract and retain qualified personnel to join the Company on acceptable terms.

 

We may not be able to attract or retain qualified management and research personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel in our industry. If we are not able to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will impede significantly the achievement of our research and development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy. In particular, if we lose Mr. Yazbeck, we may not be able to find a suitable replacement in a timely fashion or at all, and our business may be harmed as a result.

 

  11  

 

 

We have experienced recent management and director changes.

 

On July 10, 2015, at the request of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and as part of management reorganization, Mr. Yazbeck resigned his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Company’s subsidiary, CDx, Inc. As part of the reorganization, Thomas Gruber was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and CDx, Inc. On August 4, 2015, the Company terminated its President, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Marketing Officer. On August 6, 2015, Thomas Gruber resigned as the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and a director of the Company and CDx. Mr. Gruber continued as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company and CDx. On August 6, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck was appointed as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company and CDx. On September 1, 2015, Mr. Gruber resigned as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company and CDx. On September 9, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck resigned as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company and CDx and Albert Hugo-Martinez was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company and CDx. On September 23, 2015, Mr. Hugo-Martinez resigned as the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company and CDx. On September 24, 2015 Michael Harris resigned from the Board, and on September 29, 2015 Edward Roffman resigned from the Board. On September 29, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and CDx. On February 23, 2016, Federico Pier and George Jackoboice resigned from the Board and CDx. On February 26, 2016, Steven Katz resigned from the Board and CDx.

 

These changes have been disruptive to the management and operations of the company and could have an adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial conditions.

 

Our sole executive officer, director and insider stockholder beneficially owns or controls a majority of our outstanding voting stock, which may limit your ability and the ability of our other stockholders, whether acting alone or together, to propose or direct the management or overall direction of our Company.

 

On December 23, 2016, the Board designated 51 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred”). Among other provisions, each one (1) share of the Series A Preferred shall have voting rights equal to (x) 0.019607 multiplied by the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock eligible to vote at the time of the respective vote (the “Numerator”), divided by (y) 0.49, minus (z) the Numerator. For purposes of illustration only, if the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock eligible to vote at the time of the respective vote is 5,000,000, the voting rights of one share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to 102,036 (0.019607 x 5,000,000) / 0.49) – (0.019607 x 5,000,000) = 102,036). On December 23, the 51 shares were issued to Mr. Yazbeck, the Company’s sole officer and the sole member of the Board. Mr. Yazbeck, via his ownership of the 51 shares of the Series A Preferred, has control of the majority of the Company’s voting stock.

 

On January 6, 2017, the Company designated 300,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred”). The Series B Preferred is convertible into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $0.0001. Holders of the Series B Preferred are entitled to receive dividends annually equal to $0.10 for each share of Series B Preferred held. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series B Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock. Until such time as there are fewer than 20,000 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding, the Company needs to obtain the majority votes of the holders of Series B Preferred with regard to certain actions. Holders of Series B Preferred shares are entitled to one vote for each share held, are entitled to elect up to two members to the Board, and, absent such election, are provided certain voting and veto rights with regard to any vote by the Board. On January 6, the 300,000 shares of the Series B Preferred were issued to Mr. Yazbeck.

 

Accordingly, Mr. Yazbeck has the power to control the election of members of the Board and the approval of actions for which the approval of our stockholders is required, including amendments to our Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles”), mergers or other business combinations. If you acquire shares of Common Stock, you may have no effective voice in the management of our Company. Such concentrated control of our Company may adversely affect the price of our Common Stock. Such concentrated control may also make it difficult for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Common Stock in the event we merge with a third party or enter into different transactions which require stockholder approval. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Common Stock. Additionally, this concentration of ownership could discourage or prevent a potential takeover of our Company that might otherwise result in an investor receiving a premium over the market price for his or her shares.

 

Additionally, Mr. Yazbeck may take action that could be a conflict of interest and not in the best interest of all stockholders. Such actions could adversely affect the price of our stock and discourage new stockholders from purchasing shares of our stock.

 

  12  

 

 

We have no Independent Board Members and only one person sitting on the Board.

 

Currently, the Company has only one Board member, Mr. Yazbeck, who is our sole officer and is thus not independent. Mr. Yazbeck beneficially owns or controls a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Therefore, the Company does not receive the benefit of independent oversight over actions being taken. Without independent oversight, actions may be taken that may not be in the best interest of all stockholders which could adversely affect the price of our stock and discourage new stockholders from purchasing our stock.

 

These changes have been disruptive to the management and operations of the Company and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

Initially we will be dependent on one product.

  

Our Aero, Aqua and Organa Sensors will not be commercialized in the near future. Therefore, the CannaDx sensor will account for a substantial portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. As a result, our future operating results are dependent upon market acceptance of those products, neither of which has been commercially launched as of the date hereof. Factors adversely affecting the pricing of, demand for, or market acceptance of the sensors, such as regulatory complications, competition, or technological change, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

One of our initial products, the CannaDx sensor, relates to cannabis, which is a controlled substance under federal law.

 

Despite the development of a legal medical or recreational cannabis industry under certain state laws, cannabis use and possession remains illegal under federal law, and such state laws are in conflict with the Federal Controlled Substances Act. Since our initial product, the CannaDx sensor, relates to the use of cannabis, it may generate public controversy and be the subject of federal regulation or other action. Political and social pressures and negative publicity could limit or restrict the introduction and marketing of our initial or future product candidates. Adverse publicity from cannabis misuse, adverse side effects from cannabis or other cannabinoid products may harm the commercial success or market penetration achievable by our CannaDx sensor. The nature of our CannaDx sensor product attracts a high level of public and media interest, and in the event of any resultant negative publicity, our reputation may be harmed.

 

Laws and regulations affecting the cannabis industry are constantly changing, which could detrimentally affect our business, and we cannot predict the impact that future legislation or changes in enforcement practices may have on our company.

  

There is a substantial amount of change occurring in the United States regarding both the medical and recreational use of cannabis, and a number of individual states have enacted state laws to enable distribution, possession, and use of cannabis for medical, and in some cases, recreational purposes. The Obama Administration had effectively stated that it was not an efficient use of resources to direct federal law enforcement agencies to prosecute individuals lawfully abiding by state-designated laws allowing for use and distribution of medical and recreational cannabis. However, there is no guarantee that the Trump Administration will not change the previous Administration’s stated policy regarding enforcement of federal laws in states where cannabis has been legalized.

 

Future active enforcement of the current federal regulatory position on cannabis on a regional or national basis may directly and adversely affect the willingness of customers to invest in or buy our CannaDx sensor, which is used in connection with cannabis. In addition, federal or state legislation could be enacted in the future that could prohibit customers of our CannaDx sensor from distributing, possessing, or using cannabis. If such legislation were enacted, customers may discontinue use of our CannaDx sensor, our potential source of customers would be reduced, and our revenues may decline. Violation of any federal or state law, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, and financial condition.

 

  13  

 

 

As the possession and use of cannabis is illegal under the Federal Controlled Substances Act, we may be deemed to be aiding and abetting illegal activities through the services that we provide to users, and as such may be subject to enforcement actions which could materially and adversely affect our business

  

The possession, use, cultivation, or transfer of cannabis remains illegal under the Federal Controlled Substances Act. Our CannaDx sensor may be sold to customers that are engaged in the business of possession, use, cultivation, or transfer of cannabis. As a result, law enforcement authorities regulating the illegal use of cannabis may seek to bring an action or actions against us, including, but not limited, to a claim of aiding and abetting another’s criminal activities. The federal aiding and abetting statute provides that anyone who “commits an offense against the United States or aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal.” 18 U.S.C. §2(a). As a result of such an action, we may be forced to cease operations and our investors could lose their entire investment. Such an action would have a material negative effect on our business and operations.

 

Due to the use of our first product, the CannaDx sensor, in the cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liabilities.

 

Insurance that is generally readily available, such as workers compensation, general liability, and directors and officers insurance, may be more difficult for us to find, and more expensive, because our CannaDx sensor provides a service to companies and customers in the cannabis industry. There are no guarantees that we will be able to secure such insurances in the future, or that the cost will be affordable to us. If we are forced to go without such insurances, we may be prevented from entering into certain business sectors, our growth may be inhibited, and we may be exposed to additional risks and financial liabilities.

 

We expect to derive revenue from sales of our MyDx units and other products we may develop. If we fail to generate revenue from these sources, our results of operations and the value of our business will be materially and adversely affected.

 

We expect our revenue to be generated from our MyDx units and other products we may develop. Future sales of these products, if any, will be subject to, among other things, possible receipt of governmental approvals and commercial and market uncertainties that may be outside of our control. If we fail to generate our intended revenues from these products, our results of operations and the value of our business and securities would be materially affected.

 

We may not be able to compete effectively against products introduced into our market space.

 

The industry surrounding handheld consumer analyzers is rapidly evolving, and the market landscape is currently uncertain. However, we expect that as consumers begin to learn and adapt to having handheld analyzer capability, products that will compete with our offerings will rapidly proliferate. These competitive products could have similar applications, perhaps using superior technology, and may provide additional benefits that our sensors do not. We expect that the market could be occupied by larger competitors with greater financial and other resources, which could hinder our market share. We may be forced to modify or alter our business and regulatory strategy, as well as our sales and marketing plans, in response to, among other things, changes in the market, competition, and technological limitations. Such modifications may pose additional delays in achieving our goals.

 

We rely on third parties to manufacture and supply all of our initial products.

 

Our initial products are manufactured by third parties. If these manufacturing partners are unable to produce our products or component parts in the amounts or on the timeline that we require, the development and initial commercialization of our products may be delayed, depriving us of potential product revenue and resulting in other losses. Our ability to replace any then-existing manufacturer may be difficult because the number of potential manufacturers is limited. It may be difficult or impossible for us to identify and engage a replacement manufacturer on acceptable terms in a timely manner, or at all. If we need to engage a replacement manufacturer but are unable to do so, our business and results of operations could be severely impacted.

  

  14  

 

 

We depend on third-party suppliers for materials and components for our products.

  

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the materials and components required to manufacture our products. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and could also adversely affect our future profit margins. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must change or add new suppliers. Our dependence on our suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including but not limited to the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices, or renegotiate terms; we may be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers, and cause them to turn to our competitors for future needs.

 

We may be subject to product liability claims, and may not have sufficient product liability insurance to cover any such claims, which may expose us to substantial liabilities.

 

We may be exposed to product liability claims from consumers of our products. It is possible that any product liability insurance coverage we obtain will be insufficient to protect us from future claims. Further, we may not be able to obtain or maintain insurance on acceptable terms or such insurance may be insufficient to cover any potential product liability claim or recall. Failure to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, and results of operations if claims are made that exceed our coverage.

 

We have incurred costs and might incur additional costs related to the Merger.

 

We have incurred various non-recurring costs associated with the Merger, including, but not limited to, legal, accounting, and financial advisory fees. The substantial majority of our non-recurring expenses have been composed of these costs and expenses related to the execution of the acquisition.

 

From time to time we may need to license patents, intellectual property, and proprietary technologies from third parties, which may be difficult or expensive to obtain.

 

We may need to obtain licenses to patents and other proprietary rights held by third parties to successfully develop, manufacture and market our products. As an example, it may be necessary to use a third party’s proprietary technology to reformulate a product in order to create a new type of sensor in response to market demand, or to improve the abilities of our current sensors. If we are unable to timely obtain these licenses on reasonable terms, our ability to commercially exploit our products may be inhibited or prevented.

 

If we are unable to adequately protect our technology or enforce our intellectual property rights, our business could suffer.

 

Our success with the products we will develop will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for these products. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and the patent’s scope can be modified after issuance. Furthermore, if patent applications that we file or license are not approved or, if approved, are not upheld in a court of law, our ability to competitively exploit our products would be substantially harmed. Additionally, such patents may or may not provide competitive advantages for their respective products or they may be challenged or circumvented by our competitors, in which case our ability to commercially exploit any related products may be diminished.

  

We also will rely on trade secret and contractual protections for our unpatented, confidential, and proprietary technology. Trade secrets are difficult to protect. While we will enter into proprietary information agreements with certain of our employees, consultants, and others, these agreements may not successfully protect our trade secrets or other confidential and proprietary information. It is possible that these agreements will be breached, or that they will not be enforceable in every instance, and that we will not have adequate remedies in the case of any such breach. It is also possible that our trade secrets will become known or independently developed by our competitors. If we are unable to adequately protect our technology, trade secrets, or proprietary know-how, or enforce our patents, our business, financial condition, and prospects could suffer.

 

  15  

 

 

In addition to patents, we expect to rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions and technical security measures to protect our intellectual property rights. These measures may not be adequate to safeguard our technology. If they do not protect our rights adequately, third parties could use our technology, and our ability to compete in the market would be reduced. Although we are attempting to obtain patent coverage for our technology where available and where we believe appropriate, there are aspects of the technology for which patent coverage may never be sought or received. We may not possess the resources to or may not choose to pursue patent protection outside the United States or any or every country other than the United States where we may eventually decide to sell our future products. Our ability to prevent others from making or selling duplicate or similar technologies will be impaired in those countries in which we have no patent protection. Although we have in excess of 30 licensed issued patents as well as pending patent applications on file in the United States protecting aspects of our technology under development, our patents may not issue as a result of those applications drawing priority or otherwise based on those patent applications, may issue only with limited coverage or may issue and be subsequently successfully challenged by others and held invalid or unenforceable.

 

Similarly, even if patents do issue based on our applications or future applications, any issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes comparable or superior to ours. Our patents may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties, and others may challenge the inventorship or ownership of our patents and pending patent applications. In addition, if we choose to and are able to secure protection in countries outside the United States, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time consuming and could divert our management’s attention. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against a challenge.

 

Our strategy is to deploy our technology into the market, license patent and other proprietary rights to aspects of our technology to third parties and customers. Disputes with our licensors may arise regarding the scope and content of these licenses. Further, our ability to expand into additional fields with our technologies may be restricted by existing licenses or licenses we may grant to third parties in the future.

 

The policies we use to protect our trade secrets may not be effective in preventing misappropriation of our trade secrets by others. In addition, confidentiality agreements executed by our employees, consultants and advisors may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure. Litigating a trade secret claim is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge methods and know-how. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be unable to prevent competitors from using our own inventions and intellectual property to compete against us, and our business may be harmed.

 

We may be subject to patent infringement or other intellectual property lawsuits that could be costly to defend.

 

Because our industry is characterized by competing intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation based on claims that we have violated the intellectual property rights of others. Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, and the outcome of patent litigation actions is often uncertain. No assurance can be given that third party patents containing claims covering our products, parts of our products, technology or methods do not exist, have not been filed, or could not be filed or issued. Because of the number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our technical areas or fields (including some pertaining specifically to wireless charging technologies), our competitors or other third parties may assert that our products and technology and the methods we employ in the use of our products and technology are covered by United States or foreign patents held by them. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for pending applications vary by jurisdiction, there may be applications now pending which may result in issued patents that our technology under development or other future products would infringe. Also, because the claims of published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more of our technologies, products or parts may infringe and of which we are unaware. As the number of competitors in the market for wire-free power and alternative recharging solutions increases, and as the number of patents issued in this area grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

 

  16  

 

 

Intellectual property litigation is increasingly common and increasingly expensive, and may result in restrictions on our business and substantial costs, even if we prevail.

 

Patent and other intellectual property litigation is becoming more common, and such litigation may be necessary to defend against or assert claims of infringement, to protect trade secrets, to determine the scope and validity of proprietary rights of third parties, or to enforce our patent rights, including those we may license from others. Currently, no third party is asserting that we are infringing upon their patent or other intellectual property rights, nor are we aware or believe that we are infringing or will infringe upon any third party’s patent or other intellectual property rights. We may, however, currently be infringing or infringe in the future upon a third party’s patent or other intellectual property rights. In that event, litigation asserting such claims might be initiated in which we may not prevail, or may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on reasonable terms, if at all. All such litigation, whether meritorious or not, as well as litigation initiated by us against third parties, is time-consuming and very expensive to defend or prosecute and to resolve. In addition, if we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we could lose our right to develop, manufacture, or sell our products or could be required to pay monetary damages or royalties to license proprietary rights from third parties. An adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or a failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing or selling our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, and prospects.

 

If our competitors prepare and file patent applications in the United States that claim technology we also claim, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings required by the United States Patent and Trademark Office to determine priority of invention, which could result in substantial costs, even if we ultimately prevail. Results of these proceedings are highly unpredictable and may result in us having to try to obtain licenses in order to continue to develop or market our product candidate.

  

If our competitors file administrative challenges of our patent applications after grant, we may have to participate in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions, inter-partes review, post grant review or a derivation proceeding, that challenge our entitlement to an invention or the patentability of one or more claims in our patent applications or issued patents. Such proceedings could result in substantial costs, even if we ultimately prevail. Results of these proceedings are highly unpredictable and may result in us losing proprietary intellectual property rights as claimed in the challenged patents.

 

We may encounter unanticipated obstacles to execution of our business plan which may cause us to change or abandon our current business plan.

 

Our business plan may change significantly based on our encountering unanticipated obstacles. Many of our potential business endeavors are capital intensive, and may be subject to statutory or regulatory requirements and other factors that we cannot control, and which could be detrimental to our business plan. We believe that our chosen undertakings and strategies make our plans achievable in light of current economic and legal conditions and with the skills, background, and knowledge of our management team and advisors. We reserve the right to make significant modifications to our stated strategies depending on future events.

 

We depend on contract manufacturers to manufacture substantially all of our products, and any delay or interruption in manufacturing by these contract manufacturers would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business.

 

We have various manufacturers for the components of our products, including Next Dimension Technologies, Inc. We do not have long-term purchase agreements with our contract manufacturers and we depend on a concentrated group of contract manufacturers for a substantial portion of manufacturing our products. There can be no assurance that our contract manufacturers will be able or willing to reliably manufacture our products, in volumes, on a cost-effective basis or in a timely manner. If we cannot compete effectively for the business of these contract manufacturers, or if any of the contract manufacturers experience financial or other difficulties in their businesses, our revenue and our business could be adversely affected. In particular, if Next Dimension Technologies decides to cease doing business with us or becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, we may not be able to obtain the sensors for our products, which could be detrimental to our business.

 

  17  

 

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

There is currently a limited public trading market for our common stock and one may never develop.

  

There currently is a limited public trading market for our securities, and it is not assured that any such public market will develop in the foreseeable future. While this is true of any small cap company, the fact that one of our initial products is a device that will be associated with the use of cannabis, the legal status of which has not been completely resolved at the state level in many states or on the federal level, may make the path to a listing on an exchange or actively traded in the over-the-counter market more problematic. Moreover, there can be no assurance that even if our common stock is approved for listing on an exchange or is quoted in the over-the-counter market in the future, that an active trading market will develop or be sustained. Therefore, we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade in the future, if at all. As a result, our investors may have limited or no ability to liquidate their investments.

 

Trading in the Common Stock is conducted on the OTCQB marketplace owned by OTC Markets Group Inc., as we currently do not meet the initial listing criteria for any registered securities exchange.  The OTCQB is a less recognized marketplace than the registered securities exchanges and is often characterized by low trading volume and significant price fluctuations.  These and other factors may further impair our stockholders’ ability to sell their shares when they want to and/or could depress our stock price. As a result, stockholders could find it difficult to dispose of, or obtain accurate quotations of the price of our securities because smaller quantities of shares could be bought and sold, transactions could be delayed and security analyst and news coverage of our Company may be limited.  If a public market for our common stock does develop, these factors could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices for our shares of common stock.

 

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and such volatility could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as:

 

  the announcement of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;
  developments concerning intellectual property rights;
  changes in legal, regulatory, and enforcement frameworks impacting our products;
  variations in our and our competitors’ results of operations;
  fluctuations in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if our common stock is covered by analysts;
  the results of product liability or intellectual property lawsuits;
  future issuances of common stock or other securities;
  the addition or departure of key personnel;
  announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; and
  general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance.

  

Further, the stock market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. The volatility of our common stock could be further exacerbated due to low trading volume. Continued market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility in the price of our common stock, which could cause a decline in the value of our common stock and the loss of some or all of our investors’ investment.

 

  18  

 

 

Some or all of the “restricted” shares of our common stock held by our stockholders, may be offered from time to time in the open market pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or without registration pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated thereunder, and these sales may have a depressive effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

A significant numbers of shares of our common stock held by our officers, directors and employees may become tradable in the near future based on meeting the restrictions pursuant to Rule 144. Such future transactions may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

  

Because our common stock is a “penny stock,” it may be more difficult for investors to sell shares of our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

 

Our common stock is a “penny stock” because, among other things, the stock price is below $5.00 per share, it is not listed on a national securities exchange, and the Company has not met certain net tangible asset or average revenue requirements. Broker-dealers who sell penny stocks must provide purchasers of these stocks with a standardized risk-disclosure document prepared by the SEC. This risk-disclosure document provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks involved in investing in the penny-stock market. A broker must also give a purchaser, orally or in writing, bid and offer quotations and information regarding broker and salesperson compensation, make a written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and obtain the purchaser’s written agreement to the purchase. Broker-dealers must also provide customers that hold penny stock in their accounts with such broker-dealer a monthly statement containing price and market information relating to the penny stock. If a penny stock is sold to an investor in violation of the penny stock rules, the investor may be able to cancel its purchase and get their money back.

 

The penny stock rules may make it difficult for stockholders to sell their shares of our common stock. Because of the rules and restrictions applicable to a penny stock, there is less trading in penny stocks and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected. Also, many brokers choose not to participate in penny stock transactions. Accordingly, stockholders may not always be able to resell their shares of our common stock publicly at times and prices that they feel are appropriate.

 

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may limit a shareholder’s ability to buy and sell our common shares.

 

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a client, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that client. Prior to recommending speculative low priced securities to their non-institutional clients, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the client’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low priced securities will not be suitable for at least some clients. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their clients buy our common shares, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

 

We may be the subject of securities class action litigation due to future stock price volatility.

 

In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have often instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. The lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management.

 

We have never paid dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have paid no cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt or credit facility, if any, may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

  19  

 

 

Our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB, which may be detrimental to investors.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB. Stocks quoted on the OTCQB generally have limited trading volume and exhibit a wide spread between the bid/ask quotation. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our stock is not active.

 

Because we became public by means of a reverse merger, we may not be able to attract the attention of brokerage firms.

 

Additional risks may exist because we became public through a “reverse merger.” Securities analysts of brokerage firms may not provide coverage of our Company since there is little incentive for brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will want to conduct secondary offerings on our behalf in the future.

 

Compliance with the reporting requirements of federal securities laws can be expensive.

 

We are a public reporting company in the United States, and accordingly, subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other federal securities laws, and the compliance obligations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited reports to stockholders are substantial. If we do not provide current information about our Company to market makers, they will not be able to trade our stock. Failure to comply with the applicable securities laws could result in private or governmental legal action against us or our officers and directors, which could have a detrimental impact on our business and financials, the value of our stock, and the ability of stockholders to resell their stock.

 

There are limitations in connection with the availability of quotes and order information on the OTCQB.

 

Trades and quotations on the OTCQB involve a manual process and the market information for such securities cannot be guaranteed. In addition, quote information, or even firm quotes, may not be available.  The manual execution process may delay order processing and intervening price fluctuations may result in the failure of a limit order to execute or the execution of a market order at a significantly different price.  Execution of trades, execution reporting and the delivery of legal trade confirmation may be delayed significantly.  Consequently, one may not be able to sell shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

There are delays in order communication on the OTCQB.  

 

Electronic processing of orders is not available for securities traded on the OTCQB and high order volume and communication risks may prevent or delay the execution of one’s OTCQB trading orders.  This lack of automated order processing may affect the timeliness of order execution reporting and the availability of firm quotes for shares of our Common Stock.  Heavy market volume may lead to a delay in the processing of OTCQB security orders for shares of our Common Stock, due to the manual nature of the market.  Consequently, one may not able to sell shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

There is a risk of market fraud on the OTCQB.

 

OTCQB securities are frequent targets of fraud or market manipulation.  Not only because of their generally low price, but also because the OTCQB reporting requirements for these securities are less stringent than for listed or NASDAQ traded securities, and no exchange requirements are imposed.  Dealers may dominate the market and set prices that are not based on competitive forces.  Individuals or groups may create fraudulent markets and control the sudden, sharp increase of price and trading volume and the equally sudden collapse of the market price for shares of our Common Stock.

 

There is a limitation in connection with the editing and canceling of orders on the OTCQB .

 

Orders for OTCQB securities may be canceled or edited like orders for other securities.  All requests to change or cancel an order must be submitted to, received and processed by the OTC Markets.  Due to the manual order processing involved in handling OTCQB trades, order processing and reporting may be delayed, and one may not be able to cancel or edit one’s order.  Consequently, one may not be able to sell its shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

  20  

 

 

Increased dealer compensation could adversely affect our stock price.

 

The dealer’s spread (the difference between the bid and ask prices) may be large and may result in substantial losses to the seller of shares of our Common Stock on the OTCQB if the stock must be sold immediately.  Further, purchasers of shares of our Common Stock may incur an immediate “paper” loss due to the price spread.  Moreover, dealers trading on the OTCQB may not have a bid price for shares of our Common Stock on the OTCQB.  Due to the foregoing, demand for shares of our Common Stock on the OTCQB may be decreased or eliminated.

  

The Board has the right to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, without stockholder consent, which could have the effect of creating substantial dilution or impeding or discouraging a takeover transaction.

 

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, the Board may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock. Any additional issuance of common stock or the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of impeding or discouraging the acquisition of control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, including a transaction in which our stockholders would receive a premium over the market price for their shares, thereby protecting the continuity of our management. Specifically, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, the Board was to determine that a takeover proposal was not in the best interest of the Company or our stockholders, shares could be issued by the Board without stockholder approval in one or more transactions that might prevent or render more difficult or costly the completion of the takeover by:

 

  diluting the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder group;
  putting a substantial voting block in institutional or other hands that might undertake to support the incumbent board of directors; or
  effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover

 

Our investors’ ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.

 

In the future, we may issue additional authorized but previously unissued equity securities, resulting in the dilution of ownership interests of our present stockholders. We expect to need to issue a substantial number of shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with hiring or retaining employees, future acquisitions, raising additional capital in the future to fund our operations, and other business purposes. We expect to authorize an additional three million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with the Merger, and plan to issue equity awards to management and employees under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Additional shares of common stock issued by us in the future will dilute an investor’s investment in the Company.

 

Mr. Yazbeck controls a majority of our voting stock, and he may make decisions that our stockholders do not consider to be in their best interests.

 

As of the date of this Report, Mr. Yazbeck, our sole officer and sole member of our Board, and affiliated entities beneficially controls, in the aggregate, approximately 52% of our outstanding voting stock. Mr. Yazbeck owns 2.7% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding, however, via his control of the “super-voting” shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Mr. Yazbeck controls a majority of our voting stock. As a result, Mr. Yazbeck has the ability to exert substantial influence over the election of the Board and the outcome of issues requiring approval by our stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our Company that may be favored by other stockholders. This could prevent transactions in which stockholders might otherwise recover a premium for their shares over current market prices. This concentration of ownership and influence in management and the Board’s decision-making could also harm the price of our capital stock by, among other things, discouraging a potential acquirer from seeking to acquire shares of our capital stock (whether by making a tender offer or otherwise) or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

 

  21  

 

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or detect fraud. Consequently, investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting and this may decrease the trading price of our stock.

 

We must maintain effective internal controls to provide reliable financial reports and to detect and prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as would be possible with an effective control system in place. We have not performed an in-depth analysis to determine if historical undiscovered failures of internal controls exist, and may in the future discover areas of our internal control that need improvement.

 

We have been assessing our internal controls to identify areas that need improvement. We are in the process of implementing changes to internal controls, but have not yet completed implementing these changes. Failure to implement these changes to our internal controls or any others that it identifies as necessary to maintain an effective system of internal controls could harm our operating results and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. Any such loss of confidence would have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we and our auditors identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting due to the Company not maintaining a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting for warrants to purchase common and preferred stock issued in connection with convertible notes payable and convertible preferred stock and accounting for non-employee stock options. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If the Company does not address the material weaknesses, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as would be possible with an effective control system in place.

 

Our future operating results may vary substantially from period to period and may be difficult to predict.

 

On an annual and a quarterly basis, there are a number of factors that may affect our operating results, many of which are outside our control. These include, but are not limited to:

 

  changes in market demand;
  customer cancellations;
  competitive market conditions;
  new product introductions by us or our competitors;
  market acceptance of new or existing products;
  cost and availability of components;
  timing and level of expenditures associated with new product development activities;
  mix of our customer base and sales channels;
  mix of products sold;
  continued compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements; and
  general economic conditions.

 

These factors are difficult to forecast and may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and substantial variation from our projections. Any failure to meet investor expectations regarding our operating results may cause our stock price to decline.

  

We may experience delays in introducing products or services to the market and our products or services may contain defects which could seriously harm our results of operations.

 

We may experience delays in introducing new or enhanced products or services to the market. Such delays, whether caused by factors such as unforeseen technology issues or otherwise, could negatively impact our sales revenue in the relevant period. In addition, we may terminate new product, service or enhancement development efforts prior to any introduction of a new product, service or enhancement. Any delays for new offerings currently under development or any product defect issues or product recalls could adversely affect the market acceptance of our products or services, our ability to compete effectively in the market, and our reputation, and therefore, could lead to decreased sales and could seriously harm our results of operations.

 

  22  

 

 

Our success also depends on third parties in our distribution channels.

 

Our plan is to sell our products both directly to customers and through distribution channels. We may not be successful in developing additional distribution. In addition, distributors and resellers may not dedicate sufficient resources or give sufficient priority to selling our products. Our failure to develop new distribution channels, the loss of a distribution relationship or a decline in the efforts of a reseller or distributor could adversely affect our business.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

 

The impact of the current economic climate and tight financing markets may impact consumer demand for our products and services.

 

Our customers often have limited discretionary funds, which they may choose to spend on items other than our products and services. If our customers experience economic hardship, it could negatively affect the overall demand for our products and services, could cause delay and lengthen sales cycles and could cause our revenue to decline.

 

Although we maintain allowances for returns and doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from product returns and the inability of our customers to make required payments, and such losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same return and bad debt rates that we have in the past, especially given the current economic conditions. Additionally, challenging economic conditions could have a negative impact on the results of our operations.

 

We have experienced significant losses to date and may require additional capital to fund our operations. The current financial climate may make it more difficult to secure financing, if we need it. If our business model is not successful, or if we are unable to generate sufficient revenue to offset our expenditures, we may not become profitable, and the value of your investment may decline.

 

We incurred a net loss of approximately $16,502,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and a cumulative net loss of approximately $26,399,000 from September 16, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES

 

The Company owns no properties. On April 1, 2015, the Company signed a 31-month lease at $7,968 per month for approximately 6,200 square feet of office and laboratory space at 6335 Ferris Square, Suite B, San Diego, California. The facility includes approximately 1,500 square feet of laboratory space.

 

The Company believes its leased office and laboratory space are adequate for its current needs.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to claims and litigation, including claims that we infringe third party patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Although we believe it is unlikely that any current claims or actions will have a material adverse impact on our operating results or our financial position, given the uncertainty of litigation, we cannot be certain of this. Moreover, the defense of claims or actions against us, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Our involvement in any patent dispute, other intellectual property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could result in a material adverse effect on our business. Adverse determinations in current litigation or any other litigation in which we may become involved and regulatory non-compliance, including with respect to export regulations, could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or government agencies, require us to grant licenses to or seek licenses from third parties and prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

  

  23  

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market for our Common Stock

 

PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

 

Our common stock trades publicly on the OTCQB under the symbol “MYDX”. The closing price of our common stock on the OTCQB on March 23, 2017, was $0.0126 per share.

 

Our common stock commenced trading on April 16, 2015 under the symbol of MYDX. The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock by the OTCQB for the periods indicated as reported on the OTCQB.

 

2015   Low     High  
For the period commencing  October 1, 2015 and ended December 31, 2015   $ 0.38     $ 1.31  
For the period commencing July 1, 2015 and ended September 30, 2015   $ 1.08     $ 1.97  
For the period commencing April 16, 2015 and ended June 30, 2015   $ 1.06     $ 2.99  

  

2016   Low     High  
For the period commencing  October 1, 2016 and ended December 31, 2016   $ 0.0016       0.0850  
For the period commencing July 1, 2016 and ended September 30, 2016   $ 0.0081       0.2000  
For the period commencing April 1, 2016 and ended June 30, 2016   $ 0.1000       0.7360  
For the period commencing January 1, 2016 and ended March 31, 2016   $ 0.3500       0.8500  

 

The trading volume of our securities fluctuates and may be limited during certain periods. As a result of these volume fluctuations, the liquidity of an investment in our securities may be adversely affected.

 

Shareholders of Record

 

As of March 23, 2017, an aggregate of 1,450,204,599 shares of our Common Stock were issued and outstanding and owned by approximately 115 shareholders of record. Due to shares of our Common Stock being held by depositaries, brokers and other nominees, the number of beneficial holders of our shares is substantially larger than the number of stockholders of record.

 

On September 30, 2016, the Company amended its Articles to increase the Company’s authorized shares of common stock from three hundred and seventy-five million (375,000,000) to ten billion (10,000,000,000), par value $0.001 per share and to authorize for issuance up ten million (10,000,000) shares of blank check preferred stock par value $0.001 per share. The Board is authorized to designate the rights and preferences of each series of preferred stock.

 

  24  

 

 

On December 23, 2016, the Board designated 51 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Among other provisions, each one (1) share of the Series A Preferred shall have voting rights equal to (x) 0.019607 multiplied by the total issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company eligible to vote at the time of the respective vote (the “Numerator”), divided by (y) 0.49, minus (z) the Numerator. For purposes of illustration only, if the total issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company eligible to vote at the time of the respective vote is 5,000,000, the voting rights of one share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to 102,036 (0.019607 x 5,000,000) / 0.49) – (0.019607 x 5,000,000) = 102,036). The 51 shares were issued to Daniel Yazbeck, the Company’s Chief Executive officer and the sole member of the Board. Mr. Yazbeck, via his ownership of the 51 shares of the Series A Preferred, has control of the majority of the Company’s voting stock.

 

On January 6, 2017, the Company designated 300,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred is convertible into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $0.0001. Holders of the Series B Preferred are entitled to receive dividends annually equal to $0.10 for each share of Series B Preferred held. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series B Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock. Until such time as there are fewer than 20,000 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding, the Company needs to obtain the majority votes of the holders of Series B Preferred with regard to certain actions. Holders of Series B Preferred shares are entitled to one vote for each share held, are entitled to elect up to two members to the Board, and, absent such election, are provided certain voting and veto rights with regard to any vote by the Board. On January 6, the 300,000 shares of the Series B Preferred were issued to Mr. Yazbeck.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

None, other than as previously disclosed on Form 8-K.

 

Repurchase of Equity Securities

 

We have no plans, programs or other arrangements in regards to repurchases of our common stock.

   

Dividends

 

We have not since December 12, 2012 (date of inception) declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our Common Stock and currently do not anticipate paying such cash dividends on shares of our Common Stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future on shares of our Common Stock will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, tax laws and other factors as the Board, in its discretion, deems relevant.

 

Holders of the Series B Preferred are entitled to receive dividends annually equal to $0.10 for each share of Series B Preferred held.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Selected financial data to our financial statements located elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not required for smaller reporting companies under Article 8 Regulation S-X.

 

  25  

 

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, MyDx’s audited annual financial statements and the related notes thereto and MyDx Inc.’s unaudited interim financial statements and the related notes thereto, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, as described under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. For additional information regarding these risks and uncertainties, please see the disclosure under the heading “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

The Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below is based upon only the financial performance of MyDx. MyDx’s audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

 

We believe that our assumptions are based upon reasonable data derived from and known about our business and operations and the business and operations of the Company. No assurances are made that actual results of operations or the results of our future activities will not differ materially from its assumptions. Factors that could cause differences include, but are not limited to, expected market demand for the Company's products and services and competition

 

The Merger between MyDx, Inc. and CDx, Inc. (“CDx”), consummated on April 30, 2015, was treated as a reverse acquisition for financial accounting and reporting purposes. As such, CDx is treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes while MyDx, Inc. was treated as the acquired entity for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Further, as a result, the historical financial statements that will be reflected in the Company’s future financial statements filed with the SEC will be those of CDx, and the Company’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with the assets, liabilities and results of operations of CDx. Accordingly, for clarity and continuity, we are presenting the historical financial statements for CDx, Inc. for the periods presented.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Overview

 

MyDx is consumer products and data analytics company leveraging proprietary science and technology to develop consumer products initially focused on the cannabis industry.

 

The Company’s first product, MyDx ® , also known as “My Diagnostic”, is a multiuse hand-held chemical analyzer made for consumers and professional users. MyDx is intended to allow consumers to Trust & Verify ® what they put into their mind and body by using one device with interchangeable sensors to test for pesticides in plants, chemicals in water, toxins in the air, and the safety and potency of cannabis samples.

 

In our 2015 year end letter to shareholders, we highlighted the launch of the MyDx Analyzer with the CannaDx sensor as well as becoming a public company as the primary milestones achieved that year, and set a goal to focus on two key pillars of success in 2016: product sales and market liquidity.  We believe we have achieved our 2016 goals.

 

2016 Key Milestones Achieved

 

Product & Market

 

  CannaDx TM , as a standalone business, has generated approximately $1 million in revenue since commercialization began in 2015, mainly from online sales, and is helping thousands of consumers Trust & Verify ® their cannabis every day.

  AquaDx TM single use sensors were launched to test for harmful chemicals in water, helping Flint, Michigan and Tampa, Florida residents in critical areas of need Trust & Verify ® the safety of their drinking water, as featured by CNN and ABC News.

OrganaDx TM single use sensors were launched to test for pesticides and heavy metals in cannabis and food, as featured by NBC News.
CannaDx TM proprietary database more than doubled in size, to tens of thousands of crowdsourced ailments and feelings associated with unique chemical profile datapoints. Backed by pharmacological insights shared in our MyDx White Paper, we believe we are positioned to play an important role in understanding the science of cannabis and its future role in the biopharmaceutical industry.

 

  26  

 

 

Corporate and Finance

 

1.

During the course of the restructuring, our goal was to become cash flow positive. However, it is clear that our plan will require, as financing permits, to have significant R&D and market penetration expenses in the near future and in that instance, we do not plan to be cashflow positive or profitable as we gain market share.

 

We believe the Company may be cashflow positive and profitable in 2017 through its active reduction in cash burn and increasing sales and margins.
2. We satisfied over $1.5M in convertible debt used to finance the Company's critical obligations in 2015 and 2016, including supporting R&D and daily operations, paying off and renegotiating minimum royalty obligations with our sensor developer from $100,000 per year to $15,000 per year, paying off debt that was depleting our daily cashflow, and investing in expansion of our products overseas using a higher margin licensing business model. This same convertible debt used to finance our operations has resulted in heavy dilution and a sharp decline in share price.  The Company expects to continue to experience dilution in the near future.

  3. The Company has obtained shareholder approval to effect, in the Board’s discretion, a reverse stock split. By December 24, 2017, the Company may effect a reverse stock split because it believes that such an action may:

1. Facilitate potential higher levels of institutional stock ownership where investment policies generally prohibit investment in lower priced securities.
2. Create a capital structure that better reflects a potentially profitable company.
3. Better match the number of shares outstanding with the size of the Company in terms of market capitalization, shareholder equity, operations and potential earnings.
4. Better enable the company to raise funds.

 

The Board shall maintain the right to elect not to proceed with the reverse split if it determines that this proposal is no longer in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders.

 

Looking forward to 2017:

 

Our main objective at this time is to complete the restructuring of MyDx to clean up the balance sheet, recruit and incentivize key executives, managers and advisors, expand the science and technology team, and re-position the Company to attract long term growth capital that is required to:

 

  1. Leverage MyDx’s proprietary database to generate new revenues streams for the company by producing and licensing formulated products and corresponding green Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (gAPI TM )for the cannabis industry.

2. Increase market share in areas of critical national need with the CannaDx, OrganaDx, and AquaDx applications globally through product enhancements, industry partnerships, and global sales and marketing efforts.
3. Develop and integrate MyDx products into established Smart Home applications, a.k.a. the Internet of Things (IoT).
4. Invest in MyDx next generation technology to create the most practical, reliable and affordable chemical analysis platform in the world for the everyday consumer and commercial operator.

 

Plan of Operations

 

As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred net losses of $16,501,889 and $6,367,297, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $26,399,453 as of December 31, 2016.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our principal sources of cash have been proceeds from private placements of common and preferred stock, incurrence of debt and the sale of equity securities held as investments.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a working capital deficit of $3,347,268 with cash of $38,203. Our cash decreased by approximately $105,477 during the year ended December 31, 2016. 

 

  27  

 

 

Negative Operating Cash Flow

 

We reported negative cash flow from operations for the years December 31, 2016 and 2015. It is anticipated that we will continue to report negative operating cash flow in future periods, likely until one or more of our products generate sufficient revenues to cover our operating expenses. If any of the warrants are exercised, all net proceeds of the warrant exercise will be used for working capital to fund negative operating cash flow.

 

Our cash balance of $38,203 will not be sufficient to fund our operations for the next 12 months. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to pay our expenses, we will need to raise additional funds to continue our operations. We have historically financed our operations through private equity and debt financings. We do not have any commitments for financing at this time, and financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain debt or equity financing in amounts sufficient to fund our operations, if necessary, we will be forced to suspend or curtail our operations. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most or all of their investment. Additional funding that we do obtain may be dilutive to the interests of existing stockholders. 

 

Results of Operations

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Revenue

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had net revenue of $808,176 and $383,396, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had completed its research and development stage and shipped its first product in the third quarter.

 

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

 

Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 40% and 42%, respectively. The gross margin was positively affected by the sale of test result data, licensing and tech transfer revenue which had minimal related cost of goods. The effective gross margin for product sales was 29%. This effective gross margin includes returns and allowances and discounts of approximately 8%. Excluding returns and allowances and discounts, our gross profit percentage was approximately 34% which is below our expected normal gross margin of 50%.

 

Operating Expenses

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company incurred operating expenses in the amount of $4,542,036 compared to $6,080,534 for the year ended December 31, 2015. These operating expenses were composed of research and development costs, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The decrease is mainly resulted from the decrease of general and administrative expenses and research and development activities with the departure of certain independent contractors and officers of the Company which were partially offset by the increase in marketing expenses for our overseas territory development efforts in China P.R.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering and product development, incurred in the design, development, testing and enhancement of our products. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company expended $686,095 for various research and development projects for hardware, database, software and sensor development as compared to $1,694,521 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease of $1,008,426, or 60%, resulted primarily from decreases of approximately $383,000 in salaries, wages and benefits; $367,000 in independent contractors; $261,000 in hardware product development samples and materials; $164,000 in stock-based compensation; $60,000 in tooling charges; $40,000 in product samples; and $34,000 in travel and entertainment expenses. These decreases were partially offset by increases of approximately $299,000 in employee recruiting fees and $30,000 in depreciation expense.

 

  28  

 

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, wages and benefits, consulting fees for third-party services and general marketing expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company expended $1,967,786 as compared to $1,026,211 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $941,575, or 92%, resulted primarily from increases of $1,470,000 in territorial development fees; $104,000 in employee recruiting fees; $26,000 in advertising; $36,000 in sales commissions; and, $10,000 in amortization. These increases were partially offset by decreases of approximately $314,000 in salaries, wages and benefits; $254,000 in stock-based compensation; $45,000 in travel and entertainment expenses; $18,000 in website maintenance; $9,000 in trade show expenses; $7,000 in telephone and communications expenses; $1,000 in purchases of non-capitalized equipment and software.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, wages and benefits, consulting fees, legal fees, accounting fees and general administrative expenses.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company expended $1,888,155 as compared to $3,359,802 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease of $1,471,647, or 44%, resulted primarily from decreases of $555,000 in independent contractors; $273,000 in stock-based compensation; $204,000 in salaries, wages and benefits; $165,000 in legal fees; $76,000 in public company expenses; $68,000 in organization expenses related to the merger; $66,000 in rent and facilities costs; $55,000 in travel and entertainment; and $15,000 in board of directors’ fees; These decreases were partially offset by increases of approximately $17,000 in accounting fees; $14,000 in insurance premiums; $11,000 in other professional fees; and $6,000 in impairment of assets.

 

Interest Expense

 

The increase of $2,275,410, or 508%, resulted primarily from the increase of interest expense related to the convertible notes payable and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the convertible notes payable outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Changes in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities

 

The $1,013,901 gain on changes in fair value of derivative liabilities resulted from the changes in fair value of embedded conversion feature associated from the convertible notes payables.

 

Loss on settlement of liabilities

 

Loss on settlement of debt totaled $392,360 reflects the discounted value share conversion prices versus the market values for shares of common stock issued in settlement of debts. Loss on settlement of accrued wages totaled $5,691,993 reflects the value of the shares issued in lieu of accrued payroll.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Since its inception, capital raised by the Company has been used primarily for the Company’s research and development efforts and to support its operations. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had remaining cash of $38,203 with a net working capital deficit of $3,347,268. As a result of the Company’s significant operating expenditures and the lack of significant product sales revenue, we expect to incur losses from operations for the near future and will be required to seek additional capital to sustain our operations.

 

We reported negative cash flow from operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2016. It is anticipated that we will continue to report negative operating cash flow in future periods, likely until one or more of our products generate sufficient revenue to cover our operating expenses. If any of the warrants are exercised, all net proceeds of the warrant exercise will be used for working capital to fund negative operating cash flow.

 

  29  

 

 

Our cash balance of $38,203 will not be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to pay our expenses, we will need to raise additional funds to continue our operations. We have historically financed our operations through private equity and debt financings. Recent economic turmoil and severe lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets together with volatility and rapidly falling prices in the equity capital markets have severely and adversely affected capital raising opportunities. We do not have any commitments for financing at this time, and financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain debt or equity financing in amounts sufficient to fund our operations, if necessary, we will be forced to suspend or curtail our operations. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most or all of their investment. Additional funding that we do obtain may be dilutive to the interests of existing stockholders.

 

To the extent, we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or obtaining borrowings convertible into equity, ownership dilution to existing stockholders will result and future investors may be granted rights superior to those of existing stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness or debt financing would result in increased fixed obligations and could also result in covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital may depend on prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Economic crisis and disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets may adversely impact the availability and cost of credit, as well as our ability to raise money in the capital markets. Instability in these market conditions may limit our ability to access the capital necessary to fund and grow our business. The Company cannot provide any assurances that it will be able to raise the additional capital needed to fund its operations, or if the Company is able to raise such additional capital, that any such financing will be on terms which are beneficial to the existing shareholders.

 

Working Capital

 

    December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Current assets   $ 301,252     $ 658,333  
Current liabilities     3,648,520       965,178  
Working Capital Deficit   $ (3,347,268 )   $ (306,845 )

 

Current assets for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased compared to December 31, 2015 primarily due to a decrease in inventories and cash.

 

Current liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased compared to December 31, 2015 primarily due to an increase in accounts payable; asset based loans; derivative liability; plus, an increase in the current portion of convertible notes payable.  

 

Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities   $ (819,087 )   $ (4,465,713 )
                 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities     -       (196,589 )
                 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities     713,610       4,060,536  
    $ (105,477 )   $ (601,766 )

 

  30  

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities 

 

Our primary uses of cash from operating activities include payments to consultants for research and development, compensation and related costs, legal and professional fees, computer and internet expenses and other general corporate expenditures.

 

Cash used in operating activities consist of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, primarily equity-based compensation expense, common stock issued in exchange for services, accretion of debt discount and debt issuance costs on convertible notes and the change in fair value of derivative liabilities due primarily to the mark to market of the Company’s derivatives embedded in the convertible notes, and a loss of settlement of liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2016, as well as the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

 

In addition, the net decrease in cash from changes in working capital activities from the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily consisted of an increase in accounts receivable, a decrease in inventory, a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and an increase in customer deposits. 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

 

For the year ended December, 2016 and 2015 cash used in investing activities totaled zero and $196,589, respectively, which resulted from purchases of equipment for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, financing activities provided cash of $713,610 which resulted from an increase of approximately $300,000 in net proceeds from the issuance of asset based loans, net of issuance costs, $521,622 in proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable, net of issuance costs; and $160,000 in proceeds from note payable–related party, For the year ended December 31, 2015, financing activities provided approximately $4,061,000 which resulted from an increase of approximately $3,633,000 in proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable, net of issuance costs; $250,000 in proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs; $175,000 in proceeds from note payable-related party; and $3,000 in proceeds from issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options.

 

Going Concern

 

At December 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $26,399,453 and incurred a net loss of $16,501,889 for the year ended December 31, 2016.  We expect to incur further losses in the development of our business, all of which casts substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to generate future profitable operations and/or to obtain the necessary financing to meet our obligations and repay our liabilities arising from normal business operations when they come due.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

 

  31  

 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
Item 1.   Consolidated Financial Statements  
       
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-1
       
    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016, and 2015 F-3
       
    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-4
       
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-5
       
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-6
       
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7

 

  32  

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors

MyDx, Inc.

6335 Ferris Square, Suite B

San Diego, CA 92121

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of MyDx, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2016 and their related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the for year then ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended were audited by other auditors, whose report dated April 27, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company was not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3, the Company has recurring losses from operations and accumulated deficit for both years. These conditions, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans concerning these matters are also described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Anton & Chia, LLP

Newport Beach, CA

April 18, 2017

 

F- 1

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

MyDx, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MyDx, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor have we been engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MyDx, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flow from operations since inception. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.  

 

/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.

 

San Jose, California

April 27, 2016

 

F- 2

 

 

MyDx, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,  
    2016     2015  
ASSETS
Current assets:                
Cash   $ 38,203     $ 143,680  
Accounts receivable     27,851       10,702  
Inventory     155,233       451,973  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     79,965       51,978  
Total current assets     301,252       658,333  
                 
Property and equipment, net     138,883       233,064  
                 
Other assets     49,845       104,365  
Total assets   $ 489,980     $ 995,762  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Asset based loans   $ 120,460     $ -  
Accounts payable     1,082,384       619,528  
Customer deposits     16,767       9,467  
Accrued liabilities     131,563       281,761  
Current portion of leases payable     3,480       2,773  
Due to related party     1,075       1,075  
Convertible notes payable, current, net of debt discount     233,147       50,574  
Derivative liability     1,812,441       -  
Warrant liability     247,203       -  
Total current liabilities     3,648,520       965,178  
                 
Convertible note payable - related party     200,000       175,000  
Convertible notes payable     -       200,274  
Other long-term obligations     -       2,721  
Total liabilities     3,848,520       1,343,173  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)                
                 
Stockholders' deficit:                
Series A Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 51 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.     -       -  
Series B Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 300,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.     300       -  
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000,000 shares authorized; 645,060,704 and 22,081,928 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively     645,061       22,081  
Additional paid-in capital     22,395,552       9,528,072  
Accumulated deficit     (26,399,453 )     (9,897,564 )
Total stockholders' deficit     (3,358,540 )     (347,411 )
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit   $ 489,980     $ 995,762  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F- 3

 

 

MyDx, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Sales            
Product revenue   $ 670,176     $ 383,396  
Licensing revenue     138,000       -  
Total sales     808,176       383,396  
                 
Cost of goods sold                
Product costs     481,349       221,007  
Total cost of sales     481,349       221,007  
                 
Gross profit     326,827       162,389  
                 
Operating Expenses                
Research and development     686,095       1,694,521  
Sales and marketing     1,967,786       1,026,211  
General and administrative     1,888,155       3,359,802  
Total operating expenses     4,542,036       6,080,534  
                 
Loss from operations     (4,215,209 )     (5,918,145 )
                 
Other expense                
Interest expense, net     (2,723,187 )     (447,777 )
Change in fair value of derivative liability     (1,013,901 )     -  
Derivative expense     (2,464,439 )     -  
Loss on settlement of liabilities     (6,084,353 )     -  
                 
Loss before provision for income taxes     (16,501,089 )     (6,365,922 )
                 
Provision for income taxes     800       1,375  
Net loss   $ (16,501,889 )   $ (6,367,297 )
                 
Basic and diluted loss per common share   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.35 )
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per common share Basic and diluted     85,506,211       18,346,844  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F- 4

 

 

MyDx, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock Series A     Convertible Preferred Stock Series B     Common Stock     Additional Paid-in     Accumulated      Shareholders'  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Deficit  
                                                       
Balances as of January 1, 2015     1,620,000     $ 1,620       597,725     $ 598       10,059,000     $ 10,059     $ 1,307,695     $ (3,530,267 )   $ (2,210,295 )
                                                                         
Issuance of common stock     -       -       -       -       2,094,787       2,095       1,591,680       -       1,593,775  
                                                                         
Issuance of preferred stock - Series B     -       -       3,804,562       3,804       -       -       1,951,917       -       1,955,721  
                                                                         
Issuance of preferred stock for conversion of convertible notes payable     -       -       1,881,884       1,882       -       -       2,068,190       -       2,070,072  
                                                                         
Exchange of convertible preferred Series A stock for common stock in connection with the merger                 (6,284,171 )     (6,284 )     6,284,171       6,284       -       -       -  
                                                                         
Exchange of convertible preferred Series B stock for common stock in connection with the merger     (1,620,000 )     (1,620 )     -         -         1,620,000       1,620       -       -       -  
                                                                         
Extinguishment of preferred stock warrant liability     -       -       -       -       -       -       1,943,672       -       1,943,672  
                                                                         
Common stock assumed in connection with the merger     -       -       -       -       1,990,637       1,990       (1,990 )     -       -  
                                                                         
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     -       -       -       -       33,333       33       2,634       -       2,667  
                                                                         
Fair value of common stock warrants     -       -       -       -       -       -       147,211       -       147,211  
                                                                         
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       517,063       -       517,063  
                                                                         
Net loss for year ended December 31, 2015     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (6,367,297 )     (6,367,297 )
Balances as of December 31, 2015     -       -       -       -       22,081,928       22,081       9,528,072       (9,897,564 )     (347,411 )
Common stock issued upon conversion of convertible notes     -       -       -       -       535,116,594       535,117       1,301,010       -       1,836,127  
                                                                         
Derivative cease to exist upon conversion of notes     -       -       -       -       -       -       4,321,381       -       4,321,381  
                                                                         
Issuance of common stock for services rendered     -       -       -       -       10,459,000       10,459       355,691       -       366,150  
                                                                         
Common stock issued to settle vendor liabilities     -       -       -       -       46,497,244       46,497       879,244       -       925,741  
                                                                         
Common and preferred stock issued to settle payroll liabilities       51     -       300,000       300       30,905,938       30,907       5,777,883       -       5,809,090  
                                                                         
Stock based compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       232,271       -       232,271  
                                                                         
Net loss for year ended December 31, 2016     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (16,501,889 )     (16,501,889 )
Balances as of December 31, 2016     51     $ -       300,000     $ 300       645,060,704     $ 645,061     $ 22,395,552     $ (26,399,453 )   $ (3,358,540 )

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F- 5

 

MyDx, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net loss   $ (16,501,889 )   $ (6,367,297 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     81,055       64,611  
Impairment of assets     13,126       9,224  
Common stock issued in exchange for services     366,150       1,413,002  
Change in fair value of derivative liability     1,013,901       -  
Derivative expense     2,464,439       -  
Loss on settlement of accrued payroll     5,691,993       -  
Loss on settlement of vendor liabilities     392,360       -  
Stock based compensation     232,271       517,063  
Interest expense related to amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount     1,602,635       419,798  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (17,149 )     (10,702 )
Inventory     296,740       (451,973 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     26,533       (108,568 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     3,513,462       169,533  
Customer deposits     7,300       (120,404 )
Current portion leases payable     (2,014 )     -  
Net cash used in operating activities     (819,087 )     (4,465,713 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Purchases of property & equipment     -       (196,589 )
Net cash used in investing activities     -       (196,589 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from note payable - related party     160,000       175,000  
Repayment of note payable - related party     (135,000 )     -  
Proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs     -       3,632,869  
Proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable, net of issuance costs     521,622       250,000  
Proceeds from issuance of asset based loans, net of issuance costs     300,000       -  
Repayments on asset based loans     (133,012 )        
Proceeds from issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options     -       2,667  
Net cash provided by financing activities     713,610       4,060,536  
                 
Net decrease in cash     (105,477 )     (601,766 )
                 
Cash, beginning of period     143,680       745,446  
Cash, end of period   $ 38,203     $ 143,680  
                 
Supplemental cash flow information:                
Interest paid   $ 44,200     $ -  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Settlement of debt with convertible note   $ 1,836,127     $ -  
Derivative cease to exist upon conversion of notes   $ 4,321,381     $ -  
Debt discount recorded on convertible debt and warrants   $ 2,207,842     $ -  
Conversion of convertible notes payable to preferred stock   $ -     $ 2,070,072  
Fair value of preferred stock warrants issued with preferred stock   $ -     $ 1,667,148  
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital   $ -     $ 1,943,672  
Common stock assumed in connection with merger   $ -     $ 1,990  
Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock   $ -     $ 7,904  
Issuance of common stock in exchange for services provided in the prior year   $ -     $ 327,100  
Par value adjustment in connection with the merger   $ -     $ 47,827  

  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

F- 6

 

 

MyDx, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

1. Organization

 

MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) (formally known as Brista Corp.) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on December 20, 2012. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CDx, Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 16, 2013.

 

2. Nature of Business

 

We are a science and technology company that has created the first battery operated, handheld, electronic analyzer for consumers. Our products leverage the latest nanotechnology to accurately measure chemicals of interest in nearly any solid, liquid, or gas sample, anywhere, anytime. Our mission is to enable people to live a healthier life by revealing the purity of certain compounds they eat, drink and inhale in real time through a device they can hold in the palm of their hand. We believe that the broad application and ease of use of our technology puts us in an ideal position to provide consumers with a practical and affordable way to Trust & Verify ® what they are putting into their bodies without leaving the comfort of their homes. 

 

Our initial product which we introduced in the third quarter of 2015, utilizes the CannaDx sensor to allow consumers to analyze cannabis. During the third quarter of 2016 we introduced our AquaDx (water) and OrganaDx (food) sensors. Our product roadmap includes future development and commercialization of these sensors and our AeroDx (air) sensor in 2017. We will require substantial additional capital to finalize development and commercialize of our existing sensors and the AeroDx.

 

We have a portfolio of intellectual property rights covering principles and enabling instrumentation of chemical sensing technology across solid, liquid, and gas samples, including certain patented and patent pending technologies from a third party pursuant to a joint development agreement. 

 

3. Going Concern

 

The Company has elected to adopt early application of ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”) .

 

The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming it will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

As reflected in the consolidated financial statements, the Company had an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2016, a net loss and net cash used in operating activities for the reporting period then ended. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The Company is attempting to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenues; however, its cash position may not be sufficient to support its daily operations. The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by early-stage companies. These risks include, but are not limited to, the uncertainty of availability of financing and the uncertainty of achieving future profitability. Management anticipates that the Company will be dependent, for the near future, on investment capital to fund operating expenses. The Company intends to position itself so that it may be able to raise funds through the capital markets. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. Failure to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, raise capital or reduce certain discretionary spending could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives.

 

F- 7

 

 

We reported negative cash flow from operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. It is anticipated that we will continue to report negative operating cash flow in future periods, likely until one or more of our products generates sufficient revenue to cover our operating expenses. If any of the warrants are exercised, all net proceeds of the warrant exercise will be used for working capital to fund negative operating cash flow.

 

Our cash balance of $38,203 at December 31, 2016 will not be sufficient to fund our operations for the next 12 months. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to pay our expenses, we will need to raise additional funds to continue our operations. We have historically financed our operations through private equity and debt financings. The delays in our ability to ship products and generate revenues may have adversely affected our capital raising opportunities. We do not have any commitments for financing at this time, and financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain debt or equity financing in amounts sufficient to fund our operations, if necessary, we will be forced to suspend or curtail our operations. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most or all of their investment. Additional funding that we do obtain may be dilutive to the interests of existing stockholders.

 

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated finance statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such management estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, estimates of product returns, warranty expense, inventory valuation, valuation allowances of deferred taxes, stock-based compensation expenses and fair value of warrants. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that it believes are reasonable. The Company assesses these estimates on a regular basis; however, actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

 

Concentration of Risk Related to Third-party Suppliers

 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the materials and components required to manufacture our products. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and could also adversely affect our future profit margins. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must change or add new suppliers. Our dependence on our suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including but not limited to the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices, or renegotiate terms; we may be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers, and cause them to turn to our competitors for future needs.

 

F- 8

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company recognizes and discloses the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). Each level of input has different levels of subjectivity and difficulty involved in determining fair value.

 

  Level 1 Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurable date.
     
  Level 2 Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
     
  Level 3 Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company’s loan payable and convertible notes payable approximates fair value based upon borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms.

 

Cash

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2016, and 2015, the Company held no cash equivalents.

 

The Company’s policy is to place its cash with high credit quality financial instruments and institutions and limit the amounts invested with any one financial institution or in any type of instrument. Deposits held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest bearing. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company makes ongoing assumptions relating to the collectability of its accounts receivable in its calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts. In determining the amount of the allowance, the Company makes judgments about the creditworthiness of customers based on ongoing credit evaluations and assesses current economic trends affecting its customers that might impact the level of credit losses in the future and result in different rates of bad debts than previously seen. The Company also considers its historical level of credit losses. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was no allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory is determined to be salable based on demand forecast within a specific time horizon, generally eighteen months or less. Inventory in excess of salable amounts and inventory which is considered obsolete based upon changes in existing technology is written off. At the point of recognition, a new lower cost basis for that inventory is established and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that new cost basis.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the useful life as follows:

 

Internal-use software   3 years
Equipment   3 to 5 years
Computer equipment   3 to 7 years
Furniture and fixtures   5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements   Shorter of life of asset or lease

 

F- 9

 

 

Accounting for Website Development Costs

 

The Company capitalizes certain external and internal costs, including internal payroll costs, incurred in connection with the development of its website. These costs are capitalized beginning when the Company has entered the application development stage and cease when the project is substantially complete and is ready for its intended use. The website development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of three years.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the condensed balance sheets and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the condensed balance sheets.

 

Debt Discount and Debt Issuance Costs

 

Debt discounts and debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense based on the related debt agreements using the straight-line method. Unamortized discounts are netted against long-term debt.

 

Derivative Liability

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Paragraph 815-15-25-1 the conversion feature and certain other features are considered embedded derivative instruments, such as a conversion reset provision, a penalty provision and redemption option, which are to be recorded at their fair value as its fair value can be separated from the convertible note and its conversion is independent of the underlying note value. The Company records the resulting discount on debt related to the conversion features at initial transaction and amortizes the discount using the effective interest rate method over the life of the debt instruments. The conversion liability is then marked to market each reporting period with the resulting gains or losses shown in the statements of operations.

 

In circumstances where the embedded conversion option in a convertible instrument is required to be bifurcated and there are also other embedded derivative instruments in the convertible instrument that are required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single, compound derivative instrument.

 

The Company follows ASC Section 815-40-15 (“Section 815-40-15”) to determine whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to the Company’s own stock. Section 815-40-15 provides that an entity should use a two-step approach to evaluate whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock, including evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise and settlement provisions. The adoption of Section 815-40-15 has affected the accounting for (i) certain freestanding warrants that contain exercise price adjustment features and (ii) convertible bonds issued by foreign subsidiaries with a strike price denominated in a foreign currency.

 

The Company evaluates its convertible debt, options, warrants or other contracts, if any, to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with paragraph 810-10-05-4 and Section 815-40-25 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is marked-to-market each balance sheet date and recorded as either an asset or a liability. In the event that the fair value is recorded as a liability, the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as other income or expense. Upon conversion, exercise or cancellation of a derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the date of conversion, exercise or cancellation and then that the related fair value is reclassified to equity.

 

The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to compute the fair value of the derivative and to mark to market the fair value of the derivative at each balance sheet date. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model includes subjective input assumptions that can materially affect the fair value estimates. The expected volatility is estimated based on the most recent historical period of time equal to the remaining contractual term of the instrument granted.

 

F- 10

 

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are provided in accordance with ASC No. 740, “ Accounting for Income Taxes ”. A deferred tax asset or liability is recorded for all temporary differences between financial and tax reporting and net operating loss carry forwards. Deferred tax expense (benefit) results from the net change during the period of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

The Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2013. 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales upon shipment as long as evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured and title and risk of loss have passed. If those criteria are not met, then revenue will not be recognized until all of the criteria are satisfied.

 

Product Returns

 

For any product in its original, undamaged and unmarked condition, with its included accessories and packaging along with the original receipt (or gift receipt) within 30 days of the date the customer receives the product, the Company will exchange it or offer a refund based upon the original payment method.

 

Customer Deposits

 

The Company accounts for funds received from crowdfunding campaigns and pre-sales as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets as the investments made entitle the investor to apply these funds towards future shipments once the product has been developed and available for commercial use.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. These costs consist primarily of salaries and direct payroll-related costs. It also includes purchased materials and services provided by independent contractors, software developed by other companies and incorporated into or used in the development of our final products. Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $686,095 and $1,694,521, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are charged to sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses as incurred. Advertising expenses, which are recorded in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, totaled $98,219 and $40,673 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F- 11

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “ Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) which establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation. It defines a fair value based method of accounting for an employee stock option or similar equity instrument. Accordingly, stock-based compensation is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as an operating expense over the requisite service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate for the respective grant to determine the estimated fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements on the date of grant and expenses this value ratably over the requisite service period of the stock option. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company’s stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s stock options. In addition, management will continue to assess the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate estimated fair value of stock-based compensation. Circumstances may change and additional data may become available over time, which could result in changes to these assumptions and methodologies for future grants, and which could materially impact the Company’s fair value determination.

 

The Company accounts for share-based payments to non-employees in accordance with ASC 505-50 “ Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees ”. If the equity instrument is a stock option, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value. Assumptions used to value the equity instruments are consistent with equity instruments issued to employees as the terms of the awards are similar. The Company recognizes the fair value of the equity instruments as expense over the term of the service agreement and revalues that fair value at each reporting period over the vesting periods of the equity instruments.

 

Warranty

 

The Company provides a limited warranty for its analyzers and sensors for a period of 1 year from the date of shipment that such goods will be free from material defects in material and workmanship. The Company has assessed the historical claims and, to date, warranty claims have not been significant. The Company will continue to assess the need to record a warranty accrual at the time of sale going forward.

 

Collaborative Arrangements

 

The Company and its collaborative partners are active participants in the collaborative arrangements and both parties are exposed to significant risks and rewards depending on the commercial success of the activity. The Company records all expenses related to collaborative arrangements as research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

 

Net Loss per Share

 

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is determined using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. In periods when losses are reported, which is the case for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 presented in these consolidated financial statements, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding excludes common stock equivalents because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

The Company had the following common stock equivalents at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Convertible notes payable     641,595,251       -  
Options     1,490,026       4,626,245  
Warrants     7,571,395       7,571,395  
Totals     650,656,672       12,196,640  

 

F- 12

 

 

Subsequent events  

 

The Company has evaluated events that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2016 and through the date the financial statements were issued.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been reclassified where necessary to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not affect the prior period total assets, total liabilities, stockholders' deficit, net loss or net cash used in operating activities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The standard’s core principle (issued as ASU 2014-09 by the FASB), is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The new guidance must be adopted using either a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or a modified retrospective approach. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year, and would allow entities the option to early adopt the new revenue standard as of the original effective date. This ASU is effective for public reporting companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has evaluated the standard and does not expect the adoption will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” ASU 2014-15 provides guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has elected to adopt the methodologies prescribed by ASU 2014-15. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 had no material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, “ Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . The amendments in this ASU require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. The amendments are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The amendments should be applied on a retrospective basis, wherein the balance sheet of each individual period presented should be adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new guidance. Upon transition, an entity is required to comply with the applicable disclosures for a change in an accounting principle. These disclosures include the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle, the transition method, a description of the prior-period information that has been retrospectively adjusted, and the effect of the change on the financial statement line items (i.e., debt issuance cost asset and the debt liability). The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

F- 13

 

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “ Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” , which modifies existing requirements regarding measuring inventory at the lower of cost or market. Under current inventory standards, the market value requires consideration of replacement cost, net realizable value and net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The new guidance replaces market with net realizable value defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This eliminates the need to determine and consider replacement cost or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin when measuring inventory. The standard is required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that annual period, which is our fiscal year 2018. The amendment is to be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the effect of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize, for all leases of 12 months or more, a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. Additionally, the guidance requires improved disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature of an entity’s leasing activities. This ASU is effective for public reporting companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted, and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the effect of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “ Compensation – Stock Compensation” (topic 718). The FASB issued this update to improve the accounting for employee share-based payments and affect all organizations that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard. 

 

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ” (topic 606). In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross verses Net)” (topic 606). These amendments provide additional clarification and implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. The amendments in ASU 2016-10 provide clarifying guidance on materiality of performance obligations; evaluating distinct performance obligations; treatment of shipping and handling costs; and determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use an entity’s intellectual property or a right to access an entity’s intellectual property. The amendments in ASU 2016-08 clarify how an entity should identify the specified good or service for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements. The adoption of ASU 2016-10 and ASU 2016-08 is to coincide with an entity’s adoption of ASU 2014-09, which we intend to adopt for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients” , which narrowly amended the revenue recognition guidance regarding collectability, noncash consideration, presentation of sales tax and transition and is effective during the same period as ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case it would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 14

 

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16,  “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory”, which eliminates the exception that prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income tax effects for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)” , requiring that the statement of cash flows explain the change in the total cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The provisions of this guidance are to be applied using a retrospective approach which requires application of the guidance for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, when adopted, will have a material effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

5. Inventory

 

Inventory as of December 31, 2016, and 2015 is as follows:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Finished goods   $ 3,033     $ 270,230  
Raw materials     152,200       181,743  
    $ 155,233     $ 451,973  

 

6. Property and Equipment, net

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Computer and test equipment   $ 198,684     $ 206,499  
Website development costs     39,870       39,870  
Furniture and fixtures     26,948       32,845  
Software     10,791       10,791  
Leasehold improvements     18,288       18,288  
      294,581       308,293  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (155,698 )     (75,229 )
    $ 138,883     $ 233,064  

 

Depreciation expense was $80,469 and $57,944 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded an impairment charge totaling $13,127 for assets that the Company no longer uses. The impairment charge is a component of general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F- 15

 

 

7. Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Deferred compensation to employee   $ -     $ 51,210  
Accrued compensation for employees     36,223       -  
Accrued compensation to non-employee     37,923       146,327  
Accrued other     57,417       84,224  
    $ 131,563     $ 281,761  

 

8. Debt

 

Asset Based Loans

 

On September 16, 2016, CDx, Inc. (the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary) entered into a Business Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) with WebBank providing for the granting of a security interest in properties, assets and rights (the “Collateral”) as defined in the agreement. CDx, Inc. received net proceeds of $150,000. There were no loan origination or administrative fees related to the funding. The agreement has a maturity date that is 432 days after the effective date of the Agreement and requires equal weekly payments of $599 which includes a total finance fee of $34,500 over the life of the Agreement. The Agreement is personally guaranteed by an officer and majority shareholder of the Company. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2016 was $89,304.

 

On May 31, 2016, CDx, Inc. (the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary) entered into a Promissory Note and Security Agreement (the “Note”) with Windset Capital Corporation, whereby CDx, Inc. gives, grants and assigns a continuing security interest in all of CDx, Inc.’s business equipment, accounts receivable, intellectual property, rights, licenses, claims, assets and properties of any kind whatsoever, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, real, personal, tangible, intangible or of any nature or value, wherever located, together with all proceeds including insurance proceeds as defined in the Note. There was an origination fee of $200 related to the financing. CDx, Inc. received net proceeds of $74,800 from the funding. The Note has a maturity date that is 252 business days from the date of the Note and requires payments of $360 each business day, as defined in the Note, which includes a total finance fee of $15,750 over the life of the Note. The Note is personally guaranteed by an officer and majority shareholder of the Company. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2016 was $0.

 

On May 31, 2016, CDx, Inc. (the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary) entered into a Future Receivables Sale Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Swift Financial Corporation granting a security interest, as defined in the Agreement, in CDx, Inc.’s present and future accounts, receivables, chattel paper, deposit accounts, personal property, goods, assets and fixtures, general intangibles, instruments, equipment and inventory. There was an origination fee of $1,875 related to the financing. CDx, Inc. received net proceeds of $73,125 from the funding. The Agreement requires 48 equal weekly payments of $1,842 resulting in total repayment of $88,425 which includes a finance fee of $13,425. The total repayment amount can be reduced to $85,425 solely in the event CDx, Inc. pays this amount on or before October 3, 2016. The Agreement is personally guaranteed by an officer and majority shareholder of the Company. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2016 was $31,156.

 

Convertible Notes

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Convertible Notes - December 22, 2015   $ -     $ 190,000  
Convertible Note - December 10, 2015     -       90,000  
Convertible Note -May 24, 2016     21,900       -  
Convertible Note -August 9, 2016     35,000       -  
Convertible Note – October 5, 2016     363,768          
Convertible Note -November 14, 2016     35,000       -  
Convertible Note -November 26, 2016     63,260          
Less debt discount and debt issuance costs     (285,781 )     (29,152 )
Total   $ 233,147     $ 250,848  
Less current portion of convertible notes payable   $ 233,147     $ 50,574  
Long-term convertible notes payable   $ -     $ 200,274  

 

The Company amortized debt discount and debt issuance costs of $1,602,635 and $419,798 for the year December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

 

F- 16

 

 

On May 24, 2016, MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into a Convertible Note (the “Note”) with Vista Capital Investments, LLC (“Vista”) in the Original Principal Amount of $275,000 (including a 10% Original Issue Discount (“OID”)). The Company and Vista agreed to an initial funding under the Note of $55,000, including an OID of $5,000 (“Initial Funding”). Future advances under the Note are at the sole discretion of Vista. The Company is only required to repay the amount funded, including the prorated portion of the OID. The note bears interest at the rate of 10% and must be repaid on or before May 24, 2018. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date, which is 180 days after issuance of the Note at a premium to the amount outstanding at the time of prepayment (as determined in the Note). The Note may be converted by Vista at any time after the six (6) month anniversary of the Note into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The Note also contains certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits, which are filed as an exhibit to this Current report.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor.

 

The Note might be accelerated if an event of default occurs under the terms of the Note, including the Company’s failure to pay principal and interest when due, certain bankruptcy events or if the Company is delinquent in its SEC filings. The Note also contains certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rate under the Note in the event of such defaults. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $42,352 of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $21,900 and a remaining unamortized debt discount of $13,148.

 

On May 10, 2016, MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $50,000 (the “Note”) with Crown Bridge Partners, LLC (“Crown”) pursuant to which Crown funded $43,000 to the Company after the deduction of a $5,000 OID and $2,000 for legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 8% and must be repaid on or before May 10, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note at a premium to the amount outstanding at the time of prepayment (as determined in the Note). The Note may be converted by Crown at any time after the six (6) month anniversary of the Note into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which were previously filed as an exhibit on Form 8-K.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $50,000, of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $0 and a remaining unamortized debt discount of $0. 

 

F- 17

 

 

On August 9, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $35,000 (the “Note”) with Crown Bridge Partners, LLC (“Crown”) pursuant to which Crown funded $30,000 to the Company after the deduction of a $3,500 original issue discount and $1,500 for legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 8% and must be repaid on or before August 9, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note at a premium to the amount outstanding at the time of prepayment (as determined in the Note). The Note may be converted by Crown at any time after the six (6) month anniversary of the Note into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to this Current Report.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $13,750 of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $35,000 and a remaining unamortized debt discount of $21,250.

 

On May 6, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $55,750 (the “Note”) with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”) pursuant to which Auctus funded $50,000 to the Company after the deduction of $5,750 of diligence and legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 10% and must be repaid on or before February 6, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note in an amount equal to 110% of the amount outstanding. The Note may be converted by Auctus at any time into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2016. The Company recorded the cost of the due diligence and legal fees of $5,750 as financing fees.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert a portion of the Note into 21,775,653 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $0.

 

F- 18

 

 

On December 22, 2015, the Company completed a financing pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with Adar Bays, LLC ("Adar Bays") providing for the issuance of two convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $220,000, with the first note being in the amount of $110,000, and the second note being in the amount of $110,000 (the "Note" or "Notes"). The Notes contain a 10% original issue discount such that the purchase price of each Note is $100,000. The first Note was funded on December 22, 2015 and is due and payable on December 21, 2017. The second Note shall initially be paid for by the issuance of an offsetting $100,000 collateralized secured note issued by Adar Bays to the Company due and payable no later than August 21, 2016. The funding of the second Note is subject to certain conditions, and the Company may reject the closing of the second Note in its discretion. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and may be converted by Adar Bays at any time after the date which is nine months of the date of issuance into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 60% of the market price (as determined in the Notes) calculated at the time of conversion. The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The Notes also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Notes in the event of such defaults. The Notes may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to 180 days after the date of issuance of the Notes subject to the payment of prepayment penalties as described in the Notes. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015. The issuance of the Notes was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Notes was an accredited investor. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and is being accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $7,510 and $10,000, respectively, of the debt issuance cost. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder converted the Note and accrued unpaid interest into 7,142,526 share of the Company’s common stock.

 

On June 22, 2016, MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”) and Adar Bays, LLC (“Adar Bays”) agreed to amend the Company’s 8% Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $110,000 (the “Adar Bays Amendment”), issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, entered into by and between the Company and Adar Bays, as previously disclosed in a report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on December 24, 2015.

 

Pursuant to the Adar Bays Amendment, the Company agreed to redeem the note by paying 140% of the principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interests to Adar Bays, for a total redemption amount of $158,424.44, pursuant to the payment schedule set forth in the Adar Bays Amendment. In addition, the Company paid 5% of the original principal amount to Adar Bays as consideration for entering into the amendment.

 

Adar Bays agrees not to convert the note unless the Company defaults on the payment of the redemption amount and such default is not cured within fifteen (15) business days. If the Company defaults on the redemption payment and such default is not cured as mentioned above, then the amendment shall be deemed null and void and of no further force or effect. In such event, the allocated payment made by the Company shall be applied pursuant to the payment schedule set forth in the Adar Bays Amendment.

 

On July 29, 2016, the Company and Adar Bays agreed to terminate the standstill portion of the Adar Bays Amendment pertaining to the standstill conversion rights and Adar Bays shall be free to convert the Note without any limitations, except as required by law. All other terms and conditions of the Note and the Adar Bays Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

 

F- 19

 

 

On August 16, 2016, the Company executed a second note with Adar Bays in the amount of $27,500 as part of the original Securities Purchase Agreement completed on December 22, 2015. The Note contains a 10% original issue discount and a documentation fee of $1,000 such that the purchase price of the Note $23,750. The note matures on August 9, 2017. The Note bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum and may be converted by Adar Bays at any time after the date which is six months of the issuance date of the original note dated December 22, 2015 into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 60% of the market price (as determined in the Notes) calculated at the time of conversion. The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The Notes also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Notes in the event of such defaults. The Note may not be prepaid by the Company. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015. The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Notes was an accredited investor. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $2,750 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and is being accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $2,750, of the debt issuance cost.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert the Note and accrued and unpaid interest into 3,107,345 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

On September 19, 2016, the Company executed a third note with Adar Bays in the amount of $80,000 as part of the original Securities Purchase Agreement completed on December 22, 2015. The Note contains $5,000 of original issue discount and a documentation fee of $3,750 such that the purchase price of the Note $71,250. The Note matures on September 19, 2017. The Note bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum and may be converted by Adar Bays at any time after the date which is six months of the issuance date of the original note dated December 22, 2015 into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 60% of the market price (as determined in the Notes) calculated at the time of conversion. The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The Notes also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Notes in the event of such defaults. The Notes may not be prepaid by the Company. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015. The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Notes was an accredited investor. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $2,750 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and is being accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $3,250, of the debt issuance cost.

 

F- 20

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert a portion of the Note into 12,045,545 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $0. The Company amortized the entire balance of the debt issuance cost since the Note was converted in the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

On December 22, 2015, the Company completed a financing pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with Union Capital, LLC ("Union Capital") providing for the purchase of two convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $220,000, with the first note being in the amount of $110,000, and the second note being in the amount of $110,000 (the "Note" or "Notes"). The Notes contain a 10% original issue discount such that the purchase price of each Note is $100,000. The first Note was funded on December 22, 2015 and is due and payable on December 21, 2017. The second Note shall initially be paid for by the issuance of an offsetting $100,000 collateralized secured note issued by Union Capital to the Company due and payable no later than August 21, 2016. The funding of the second Note is subject to certain conditions and the Company may reject the closing of the second Note in its discretion. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum; are due and payable on December 21, 2017; and may be converted by Union Capital at any time after the date which is nine months of the date of issuance into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 60% of the market price (as determined in the Notes) calculated at the time of conversion. The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The Notes also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Notes in the event of such defaults. The Notes may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to 180 days after the date of issuance of the Notes subject to the payment of prepayment penalties as described in the Notes. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015. The issuance of the Notes was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Notes was an accredited investor. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and will be accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $9,863, of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Note had outstanding balances of $0 and $101,137, respectively, and remaining unamortized debt discount of $0 and $9,863, respectively.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert the Note and accrued interest of $104,500 into 7,107,376 share of the Company’s common stock.

 

On June 22, 2016, the Company and Union Capital, LLC (“Union Capital”) agreed to amend the Company’s 8% Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $110,000 (the “Union Capital Amendment”), issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, entered into by and between the Company and Union Capital, as previously disclosed in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015.

 

F- 21

 

 

On July 29, 2016, the Company and Union Capital agreed to terminate the standstill portion of the Union Capital Amendment pertaining to the standstill conversion rights and Union capital shall be free to convert the Note without any limitations, except as required by law. All other terms and conditions of the Note and the Union Capital Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Pursuant to the Union Capital Amendment, the Company agreed to redeem the note by paying 140% of the principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interests to Union Capital, for a total redemption amount of $158,363.84, pursuant to the payment schedule set forth in the Union Capital Amendment. In addition, the Company paid 5% of the original principal amount to Union Capital as consideration for entering into the amendment.

 

Union Capital agreed not to convert the note unless the Company defaults on the payment of the redemption amount and such default is not cured within fifteen (15) business days. If the Company defaults on the redemption payment and such default is not cured as mentioned above, then the amendment shall be deemed null and void and of no further force or effect. In such event, the allocated payment made by the Company shall be applied pursuant to the payment schedule set forth in the Union Capital Amendment.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert the Note and unpaid interest into 7,670,457 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

On September 19, 2016, the Company executed a second Note in the amount of $110,000 with Union Capital LLC as part of the financing pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with Union Capital, LLC dated December 15, 2015. The Note contains a 10% original issue discount and a $5,000 documentation fee such that the purchase price of each Note is $95,000. The Note is due and payable not later than September 19, 2017. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum; are due and payable on September 19, 2017; and may be converted by Union Capital at any time after the date which is nine months of the issuance date of the original note dated December 22, 2015 into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 60% of the market price (as determined in the Notes) calculated at the time of conversion. The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The Notes also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Notes in the event of such defaults. The Notes may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to 180 days after the date of issuance of the Notes subject to the payment of prepayment penalties as described in the Notes. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 24, 2015. The issuance of the Notes was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Notes was an accredited investor. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and will be accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $10,000 of the debt issuance cost.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert $63,500 of the Note into 16,487,510 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $0 and remaining unamortized debt discount of $0.

 

F- 22

 

 

On December 10, 2015, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "SPA") and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $60,000 (the "Note") with Kodiak Capital Group, LLC ("Kodiak") pursuant to which Kodiak funded $50,000 to the Company after the deduction of a $10,000 original issue discount. The Note bears interest at the rate of 12% and must be repaid on or before December 20, 2016. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note. The Note may be converted by Kodiak at any time after 180 days of the date of issuance into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2015. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and will be accreted over the term of the Note. For the nine months ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $9,426 of the debt issuance cost. The Note was redeemed on June 6, 2016.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor.  

 

The EPA provides that the Company may, in its discretion, sell up to $1,000,000 of shares of Company common stock to Kodiak. The sale of shares of Company common stock is subject to the conditions set forth in the EPA, which include, but are not limited to, the Company filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to register the shares to be sold to Kodiak and the Registration Statement becoming effective. The purchase price to be paid for the shares will be 70% of the market price for such shares as determined pursuant to the terms set forth in the EPA. The RRA provides that the Company will file a Registration Statement to register up to 4,000,000 shares to be sold to Kodiak pursuant to the EPA, or issued to Kodiak upon conversion of the Note, and that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file the Registration Statement before March 31, 2016. Pursuant to the terms of the EPA, the Company agreed to issue Kodiak the Note as a commitment fee. The Note must be repaid on or before February 2, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty. The Note may be converted by Kodiak at any time after August 2, 2016 into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). Any financing pursuant to the EPA is subject to the Company's fulfilling the conditions to sell shares to Kodiak, including the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company cannot provide any assurances that any shares will be sold under the EPA or the prices at which such shares may be sold.

 

The EPA, RRA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the EPA, RRA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 9, 2016. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and will be accreted over the term of the Note. For the year months ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $10,000, of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $0. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had a remaining unamortized debt discount of $0.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor.

 

On June 30, 2016, the Company elected to terminate the EPA and RRA by delivering a termination notice to Kodiak. The Company shall have no further liabilities or obligations under the EPA and the RRA. The rights and obligations of the Note hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect until all obligations are satisfied in full.

 

F- 23

 

 

On February 8, 2016, the Company entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "EPA"), Registration Rights Agreement ("RRA") and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $60,000 (the "Note") with Kodiak Capital Group, LLC ("Kodiak") pursuant to which Kodiak funded $50,000 to the Company after the deduction of a $10,000 original issue discount. The Note bears interest at the rate of 12% and must be repaid on or before February 7, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note. The Note may be converted by Kodiak at any time after 180 days of the date of issuance into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The Company did not book a beneficial conversion feature in connection with the issuance of the Notes, as terms of the conversion are variable and the ultimate number of shares to be issued upon conversion could not be determined at the date the Notes were issued. As such, upon conversion of the Notes the number of shares will be determined and the Company will evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature exists based on the conversion price compared to the price of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance of the Notes. The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits. The Company recorded the original issue discount of $10,000 as debt issuance cost on its balance sheet which is netted against the face value of the Note and will be accreted over the term of the Note. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $ $6,319 of the debt issuance cost. The Note was redeemed on September 9, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the Note had an outstanding balance of $56,319 and a remaining unamortized debt discount of $6,319.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company's reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor.  

 

On March 15, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $55,750 (the “Note”) with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”) pursuant to which Auctus funded $50,000 to the Company after the deduction of $5,750 of diligence and legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 10% and must be repaid on or before December 15, 2016. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note in an amount equal to 110% of the amount outstanding. The Note may be converted by Auctus at any time into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2016. The Company recorded the cost of the due diligence and legal fees of $5,750 as financing fees.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor. 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert the Note balance of $55,750 and accrued interest into 11,819,360 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

On May 6, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $55,750 (the “Note”) with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”) pursuant to which Auctus funded $50,000 to the Company after the deduction of $5,750 of diligence and legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 10% and must be repaid on or before December 15, 2016. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note in an amount equal to 110% of the amount outstanding. The Note may be converted by Auctus at any time into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2016. The Company recorded the cost of the due diligence and legal fees of $5,750 as financing fees.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor.

 

F- 24

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Note holder elected to convert the Note balance of $55,750 and accrued interest into 19,211,838 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

On November 14, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $35,000 (the “Note”) with Crown Bridge Partners, LLC (“Crown”) pursuant to which Crown funded $31,500 to the Company after the deduction of a $3,500 original issue discount and $1,500 for legal fees. The Note bears interest at the rate of 8% and must be repaid on or before August 9, 2017. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to the date which is 180 days after the date of issuance of the Note at a premium to the amount outstanding at the time of prepayment (as determined in the Note). The Note may be converted by Crown at any time after the six (6) month anniversary of the Note into shares of Company common stock at a conversion price equal to 50% of the market price (as determined in the Note). The SPA and Note also contain certain representations, warranties, covenants and events of default, and increases in the amount of the principal and interest rates under the Note in the event of such defaults. The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the SPA and Note, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and their exhibits which are filed as an exhibit to this Current Report.

 

The issuance of the Note was made in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company’s reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in issuing the securities was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there was only one recipient; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by the Company; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; (e) the negotiations for the issuance of the securities took place directly between the individual and the Company; and (f) the recipient of the Note was an accredited investor. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company amortized a total of $4,423, of the debt issuance cost. As of December 31, 2016, the Note had an outstanding balance of $35,000 and a remaining unamortized debt discount of $0. 

 

On December 1, 2016, MyDx, Inc. (“MyDx”, or the “Company”) entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Advisory Services Agreement”) and an indemnification agreement (“Indemnification Agreement”) with BCI Advisors, LLC (“BCI”) pursuant to which BCI shall, provide advice and counsel to senior management of the Company on business planning and strategy, restructuring and recapitalization, and consultation to the Board of Directors. BCI will be paid an initial fee of $50,000 in cash or unrestricted shares of the Company’s Common Stock, and a retainer fee of $25,000 per month for the eleven (11) months subsequent thereto. In addition, on the 45 and 90th day anniversary of the effectiveness of this Agreement and performance of its services, BCI shall have the right to receive a two (2) year A-1 and A-2 warrant based on a fully diluted basis, each equal to seven-and-one-half percent (7.5%) for a total of (15%) subject to adjustment of the then issued and outstanding Company common shares. The initial fee as well as A-1 and A-2 warrants have been completely earned, free of liens or encumbrances, and non-assessable and can be exercised at any time at an exercise price of $0.001 per share.  This summary contains only a brief description of the material terms of the Advisory Services Agreement and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Advisory Services Agreement. A copy of the Advisory Services Agreement was filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Note Payable – Related Party

 

On December 10, 2015, YCIG, Inc. ("YCIG"), an entity owned and controlled by Daniel Yazbeck, who is an officer, director and major shareholder of the Company, entered into a Loan Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with the Company. The Loan Agreement provides that the amounts loaned accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum and all amounts loaned are due and payable on or before September 29, 2018. The amounts loaned may be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty. The Loan Agreement provides that in the event of a default, the loan amount becomes immediately due and payable, which may be repaid by the Company in its election in cash or a number of shares of Company common stock equal to four times the amount outstanding at the date of default.

 

YCIG advanced the Company funds under the loan agreement as follows:

 

    Outstanding Balances as of  
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
September 29, 2015   $ -     $ 25,000  
October 28, 2015     -       25,000  
November 4, 2015     -       25,000  
November 13, 2015     -       25,000  
November 20, 2015     15,000       25,000  
December 1, 2015     25,000       25,000  
December 2, 2015     25,000       25,000  
April 6, 2016     10,000       -  
April 27, 2016     25,000       -  
July 20, 2016     25,000       -  
August 8, 2016     25,000       -  
September 19, 2016     25,000       -  
December 1, 2016     25,000          
    $ 200,000     $ 175,000  

  

F- 25

 

 

Settlement of Liabilities

 

On April 1, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with a number of external public relations resources (“PR Resources”) specializing in shareholder communications and crisis communications in an effort to support the Company’s investor communications relating to its convertible debentures, nearly all of which were being converted and sold during this time period thereby causing severe pressure on the stock, as well as the implementation of a number of strategic public relations programs designed to introduce the Company’s AquaDx product line by leveraging off the water crisis in Alabama, Flint and Florida. (the “Agreement”). For the requested services, the Company was to pay a one-time payment of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollar ($250,000) (the “Claim”) upon the signing of the Agreement.  

 

On May 24, 2016, the Company and Phoenix Fund Management, LLC (“Phoenix Fund”) entered into a Claim Purchase Agreement with these PR Resources to purchase the Claim held by them.  Phoenix Fund executed a Settlement Agreement whereas the Company and Phoenix Fund agreed to resolve, settle and compromise the Claim. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue and deliver to Phoenix Fund shares of its common stock as requested by Phoenix Fund, periodically, at a fifty percent (50%) discount from the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the three trading days prior to the date of issuance.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, Phoenix Fund elected to have the Company issue 18,828,088 free trading shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for retirement of remaining balance of the initial Claim. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on settlement of liabilities of $202,933 reflecting the difference in the discounted conversion price and the market price.

 

On July 22, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Talent Cloud Limited, Hong Kong, (“Talent Cloud”) to provide recruitment services for a Vice President of Business Development for the Company’s Asian market development. At the date of this report, no acceptable candidates have been presented to the Company.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 the Company entered into agreements with Talent Cloud Limited, Hong Kong to provide recruitment services for a Community Manager; an APP Manager; and, a Software Developer for the Company’s Asian markets development. The total cost of these services was $143,900 (the “Claim”).

 

On September 13, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Meyers Associates, L.P. (“Meyers Associates”) to provide recruitment services for a Community Manager position for a Community Manger; an APP Manager; and, a Software Developer for the Company’s Asian markets development. The total cost of these services was $10,000 (the “Claim”).

 

On September 20, 2016, Talent Cloud and Meyers Associates entered into a Claims Purchase Agreement with Rockwell Capital Partners, Inc. (“Rockwell Capital”) to purchase the Claims held by Talent Cloud and Meyers Associates. Rockwell Capital executed a Settlement Agreement whereas the Company and Rockwell Capital agreed to resolve, settle and compromise among other things, the liabilities claimed in the Claims Purchase Agreement. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue freely traded shares of the Company’s common stock as requested by Rockwell Capital, periodically, at a 45% discount from the average lowest closing price for the 15-day trading period preceding the share request.

 

On September 30, 2016, the Company accepted performance under the agreement with Lynx Consulting Group, Ltd. (“Lynx Consulting”) dated April 3, 2016 (the “Agreement”) to render consulting services in connection with the creation and development of MyDx Asia, including staffing an office to develop and expand the Company’s business in the Greater China Region. Lynx Consulting’s performance included but was not limited to securing the Distribution License Agreement between the Company and its China distribution partners. As consideration for execution of the Agreement, the Company will to pay Lynx Consulting a one-time fee of $1,000,000 for its services plus an incentive fee based on an agreed percentage of the value of the base revenue of contracts produced by Lynx Consulting during the first year of the Agreement, which, at the discretion of the Company, can be paid in cash or shares of common stock.

 

On October 5, 2016, the Company, Lynx Consulting and Phoenix Fund Management, LLC (“Phoenix Fund”) entered into an Assignment and Modification Agreement. Phoenix Fund purchased the debt claim held by Lynx Consulting from MyDx. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue and deliver to Phoenix Fund shares of its common stock as requested by Phoenix Fund, periodically, at a fifty percent (50%) discount from the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the 22 trading days prior to the date of issuance.  Upon execution of the assignment, Lynx released MyDx, Inc. from all liabilities under the original note.

 

On October 19, 2016, the Company, Talent Cloud Limited, Meyers Associates, L.P. and Rockwell Capital Partners. Inc. (“Rockwell”) entered into an Assignment and Modification Agreement. Rockwell purchased the debt claim held by Talent Cloud Limited and Meyers Associates, L.P. from MyDx. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue and deliver to Rockwell shares of its common stock as requested by Rockwell, periodically, at a forty-five percent (45%) discount from the lowest price of the Company’s common stock for the seven trading days prior to the date of issuance. Upon execution of the assignment, Talent Cloud Limited and Meyers Associates, L.P. released MyDx, Inc. from all liabilities under the original claims.

 

F- 26

 

 

On November 11, 2016, the Company, Talent Cloud Limited, Meyers Associates, L.P. and Rockwell Capital Partners. Inc. (“Rockwell”) entered into an Assignment and Modification Agreement. Rockwell purchased the debt claim held by Talent Cloud Limited and Meyers Associates, L.P. from MyDx. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue and deliver to Rockwell shares of its common stock as requested by Rockwell, periodically, at a forty-five percent (45%) discount from the lowest price of the Company’s common stock for the seven trading days prior to the date of issuance. Upon execution of the assignment, Talent Cloud Limited and Meyers Associates, L.P. released MyDx, Inc. from all liabilities under the original claims.

 

On November 29, 2016, the Company, Talent Cloud Limited, Good Project, Windset Capital, Next Dimension Technologies, Meyers Associates, L.P. and Rockwell Capital Partners. Inc. (“Rockwell”) entered into an Assignment and Modification Agreement. Rockwell purchased the debt claim held by Talent Cloud Limited and Meyers Associates, L.P. from MyDx. In settlement of the Claim, the Company shall issue and deliver to Rockwell shares of its common stock as requested by Rockwell, periodically, at a forty-five percent (45%) discount from the lowest price of the Company’s common stock for the seven trading days prior to the date of issuance. Upon execution of the assignment, Talent Cloud Limited, Good Project, Windset Capital, Next Dimension Technologies, Meyers Associates, L.P. released MyDx, Inc. from all liabilities under the original claims.

 

During the year December 31, 2016, the Company issued 415,997,747 shares of the Company’s common stock to retire $1,582,329 of the total claims and recorded a loss on debt settlement of $133,019 and derivative expense of 2,285,706 reflecting the difference in the discounted conversion price and the market price.

 

9. Derivative Liabilities

 

The Company has identified derivative instruments arising from embedded conversion features in the Company’s Convertible Notes Payable and Accounts Payable at December 31, 2016. The Company had no financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015.

 

The following summarizes the Black-Scholes assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the derivative liability and warrant liability at the date of issuance and for the convertible notes converted during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Low     High  
Annual dividend rate     0 %     0 %
Expected life     0.25       2.00  
Risk-free interest rate     0.01 %     0.92 %
Expected volatility     163.80 %     314.11 %

 

Risk-free interest rate: The Company uses the risk-free interest rate of a U.S. Treasury Note with a similar term on the date of the grant.

 

Dividend yield: The Company uses a 0% expected dividend yield as the Company has not paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends in the near future.

 

Volatility: The volatility was estimated using the historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock.

 

Remaining term: The Company’s remaining term is based on the remaining contractual maturity of the warrants.

 

The following are the changes in the derivative liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2016  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Derivative liabilities as January 1, 2016   $ -     $ -     $ -  
Addition     -       -       5,119,921  
Conversion     -       -       (4,321,381 )
Loss on changes in fair value     -       -       1,013,901  
Derivative liabilities as December 31, 2016   $ -     $ -     $ 1,812,441  

 

F- 27

 

 

The following are the changes in the warrant liability during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2016  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Fair value as January 1, 2016   $ -     $ -     $ -  
Warrants granted     -       -       132,867  
Loss on changes in fair value     -       -       114,336  
Fair value as December 31, 2016   $ -     $ -     $ 247,203  

 

10. Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Reverse Capitalization

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each share of CDx’s capital stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Company common stock, par value $0.001 per share. Additionally, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company assumed all of CDx’s options and warrants issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, 6,069,960 and 7,571,395 shares of common stock, respectively.

 

Prior to and as a condition to the closing of the Merger, each then-current Company stockholder agreed to sell certain shares of common stock held by such holder to the Company and the then-current Company stockholders retained an aggregate of 1,990,637 shares of common stock.

 

Settlement Agreement

 

On December 23, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement and release agreement (the “Yazbeck Settlement”) with Daniel R. Yazbeck, the Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company (“Yazbeck”), relating to certain bona fide, outstanding, and past-due liabilities of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $321,000 for certain unpaid base salary and bonus obligations that remained deferred and/or outstanding, due and owing to Yazbeck.

 

Under the terms of the Yazbeck Settlement, Yazbeck agreed to forgo and release any claims against the Company under that certain Employment Agreement, by and between Yazbeck and the Company, dated October 15, 2014 (the “Employment Agreement”) in exchange for (1) the issuance of fifty-one (51) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (defined below); (2) the issuance of three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (defined below); (3) a warrant for fifteen percent (15%) of the common shares of the Company issued and outstanding as of January 3, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.001 per share, with an expiration date of January 3, 2019; and (4) the issuance of thirty million (30,000,000) shares of the Company’s restricted common stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

On September 30, 2016, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada to authorize for issuance ten million (10,000,000) shares of blank check preferred stock, par value $0.001 (“Blank Check Preferred Stock”) as included on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2016.

 

F- 28

 

 

Common Stock

 

On February 23, 2015, the Company effected a 5-for-1 forward stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock. All share and per share amounts for all periods that have been presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retrospectively, where applicable, to reflect the forward stock split. The Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation which made the forward stock split effective and increased the authorized common shares to 375,000,000 shares with a par value $0.001 per share.

 

In April 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with CDx Merger Inc., a Nevada corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and CDx, Inc. (“CDx”), a Delaware corporation. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into CDx with CDx surviving the merger as the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary (the “Merger”).

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each share of CDx’s capital stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Company common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”). Additionally, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company assumed all of CDx’s options and warrants issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, 6,069,960 and 7,571,395 shares of common stock, respectively. Prior to and as a condition to the closing of the Merger, each then-current Company stockholder agreed to sell certain shares of common stock held by such holder to the Company and the then-current Company stockholders retained an aggregate of 1,990,637 shares of common stock. Therefore, following the Merger, CDx’s former stockholders now hold 19,855,295 shares of Company common stock which is approximately 91% of the Company common stock outstanding.

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, each party has made certain customary representations and warranties to the other parties thereto. The Merger was conditioned upon approval by CDx’s stockholders and certain other customary closing conditions.

 

On April 24, 2015, in anticipation of closing the Merger, the Company changed its name to MyDx, Inc. On April 30, 2015, the Merger was consummated. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company expanded its board of directors (the “Board”) from one to seven directors, each of whom will be directors designated by CDx.

 

The Merger is being treated as a reverse acquisition of the Company, a public shell company, for financial accounting and reporting purposes. As such, CDx is treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes while the Company is treated as the acquired entity for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Further, as a result, the historical financial statements that will be reflected in the Company’s future financial statements filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) will be those of CDx, and the Company’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with the assets, liabilities and results of operations of CDx.

 

Each share of common stock has the right to one vote. The holders of common stock are entitled to dividends when funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors.

 

As a result of the Merger, the Company issued a total of 19,855,295 share of common stock to the shareholders of CDx.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company issued 16,654,214 shares of common stock in exchange for services at a fair value of $378,345. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued 1,863,241 shares of common stock in exchange for services at a fair value of $1,192,893.

 

On September 30, 2016, the Company amended articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized commons shares to 10,000,000,000 as included on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2016.

 

Common Stock Warrants

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not issue any warrants to purchase shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company converted warrants to purchase 4,974,567 shares of Series B preferred stock into warrants to common stock. No common stock warrants have been exercised or have expired and warrants to purchase 7,571,395 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

F- 29

 

 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In connection with the Merger on April 30, 2015, the Company adopted the MyDx, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), and to date, has reserved 6,200,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Under the 2015 Plan, employees, directors or consultants may be granted nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to purchase shares of MyDx’s common stock. Only employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options (“ISO”) to purchase common stock. Vesting and exercise provisions are determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. The options generally expire ten years from the date of grant. ISOs granted to a participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, has more than 10% of the voting power between all classes of stock, will expire five years from the date of grant. Options vest at various rates ranging from immediately to three years. As of December 31, 2016, options to purchase 1,573,755 shares were available under the 2015 Plan for issuance. 

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option plan for the year ended December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

    Shares     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
 
Outstanding as of January 1, 2015     1,937,979     $ 0.08  
Granted     4,639,234     $ 0.57  
Exercised     (33,333 )   $ 0.08  
Forfeited or cancelled     (1,917,635 )   $ 0.52  
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015     4,626,245     $ 0.39  
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2015     2,916,801     $ 0.31  
Granted     125,000     $ 0.57  
Exercised     -     $ -  
Forfeited or cancelled     (3,261,245 )   $ 0.36  
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016     1,490,000     $ 0.48  
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2016     1,279,583     $ 0.22  

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $0 and $15,667 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Information regarding options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2016, is as follows:

 

      Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
Exercise
Price
    Number
Outstanding
    Average Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
    Number
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
 
$ 0.08       900,000       7.5     $ 0.08       900,000     $ 0.08  
$ 0.55       515,000       8.2     $ 0.55       323,333     $ 0.55  
$ 0.57       75,000       8.1     $ 0.57       56,250     $ 0.57  
          1,490,000       7.9     $ 0.27       1,279,583     $ 0.22  

 

Total unrecognized compensation expense from employee stock options as of December 31, 2016 was $378,597 and will be recognized over a weighted average recognition period of 1.35 years.

 

F- 30

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense, both employee and non-employee, recognized by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $380,587 and $378,597, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $82,996 and $192,410, respectively. No tax benefits were recognized in the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted options to non-employees to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.57 per share as compared to 579,864 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company believes the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the consulting services received. The fair value of the stock options granted is calculated at each reporting date.

 

Additional Stock Plan Information

 

The Company’s fair value calculations for stock-based awards under the 2015 Plan were made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions set forth in the following table. Volatility is based on historical volatility rates obtained for certain public companies that operate in the same or related businesses as that of the Company since there is no market for or historical volatility data for the Company’s common stock. he risk-free interest rate is determined by using a U.S. Treasury rate for them any uses a simplified method for “plain vanilla” share options in determining the expected term of an employee share option as its equity shares are not publicly traded. 

 

The following assumptions were used in the estimated grant date fair value calculations for options granted to employees and consultants during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Dividend yield     0.0 %     0.0 %
Volatility     50% - 252   %     52.5 %
Average risk-free rate     1.04% - 2.50 %     1.65% - 1.91 %
Expected term, in years     2.27 - 10.00       5.00 - 5.77  

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was zero and $0.27 per share.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

 

On April 1, 2015, the Company signed a 31-month lease for approximately 6,200 square feet of office and laboratory space at 6335 Ferris Square, Suite B, San Diego, California. The facility includes approximately 1,500 square feet of laboratory space. Commencement date of the lease is May 1, 2015. Total net rent under this lease is $247,000 and expires on November 30, 2017.

 

The annual minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, including common area maintenance and amortization of leasehold improvements that have an initial or remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2016 are due as follows:

 

2017     81,613  
Total minimum lease payments   $ 81,613  

 

Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $79,031 and $150,312, respectively.

   

On April 21, 2016, the Company subleased a portion of the facility to an unrelated third party on a month-to-month basis commencing May 1, 2016. Monthly gross rent from the subtenant is $5,000 per month. Subtenant must provide the Company with ninety days prior written notice of its intent to terminate the sublease.

 

F- 31

 

 

Distribution and License Agreement and Joint Development Agreements

 

The Company entered into a Distribution and License Agreement with a third-party for the purpose of developing a sensor array to be used in the Company’s product. The Distribution and License Agreement has an initial term of ten years, but can be terminated earlier if the project does not meet the specifications of the Company. The Company will obtain exclusive rights to sell and distribute once a successful sensor prototype is developed. In exchange for a functional prototype, the Company will pay the third-party a 7% royalty on net sales. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not incur any development costs related to the Distribution and License Agreement.

 

On November 1, 2013, the Company entered into a two-year Joint Development Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an unrelated third-party to develop chemical sensors and peripheral sensing equipment and software for the detection and characterization of cannabis and compounds associated with cannabis.

 

The Agreement provides for, among other things, any arising intellectual property rights (as defined) outside of the field (as defined), and any arising intellectual property rights relating to improvements to detection materials shall belong to the Joint Venture Developer.

 

The Agreement also provides that any arising intellectual property rights other than those covered above shall belong to the Company. To the extent that it is necessary to do so to enable the Company to use and exploit its respective arising intellectual property rights, the Joint Developer grants the Company a perpetual, irrevocable, exclusive, and royalty free license (including the right to assign the license and to grant sub-licenses) to use and exploit the Joint Developer’s arising intellectual property rights in the field. Under the terms of the Agreement, either party may cancel the Agreement as the specific tasks provided for in the Agreement have been completed or for causes specifically provided for in the Agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid the Joint Developer $200,000 and $227,500 for development costs, respectively.

 

On May 19, 2015, the Company entered into an Exclusive Patent Sublicense Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Next Dimension Technologies, Inc. (“NDT”). The License Agreement grants the Company a worldwide right to the patents licensed by NDT from the California Institute of Technology. The License Agreement grants both exclusive and non-exclusive patent rights. The license granted in the License Agreement permits the Company to make, have made, use, sell and offer for sale sublicensed products in the field of use. The License Agreement continues until the expiration, revocation, invalidation or enforceability of the rights licensed. The License Agreement provides for the payment of a license fee and royalty payments by CDx to NDT. The License Agreement also contains minimum royalty payments and milestone payments by CDx to NDT. NDT has a right to terminate the License Agreement in the event of an uncured breach by CDx; the insolvency or bankruptcy of CDx; or if CDx does not meet certain productivity milestones. The License Agreement also contains representations, warranties and indemnity obligations for each of CDx and NDT. In connection with the License Agreement, on May 19, 2015, CDx and NDT also executed an Amended Amendment No. 4 (the “Amended Amendment No. 4”) to the Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, between CDx and NDT, which extended the date of negotiation for the License Agreement through May 19, 2015.

 

License and Distribution Agreement

 

On September 1, 2016, MyDx, Inc. (the “Company” or “Licensor”) entered into a Distribution and License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Powerfull Holdings, Ltd, a company operating under the charter of the People’s Republic of China (“Assignor”) and China Science and Technology, a Powerfull Holdings affiliated Company (“Licensee”), (together the “Parties”). The Parties intend there to be two phases of the License Agreement: Phase One and Phase Two. During Phase One, the Licensor shall provide test samples and validation data for market validation. Subject to Phase One producing satisfactory results, and proof of concept, the Parties will commence Phase Two.

 

For Phase One, the Licensee will pay the Licensor a minimum of Forty-Five Thousand Dollars ($45,000.00) as a Licensing and Technology Transfer Fee (the “Transfer Fee”) per application (AquaDx™, OrganaDx™, AeroDx™). These fees shall be credited towards Phase Two’s mandatory minimum payments. The Licensee shall pay the Transfer Fee within 10 business days of being provided with an invoice by the Licensor. However, should the Parties determine that the results of the activities of Phase One were not satisfactory to both parties, this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7.2(b).

 

F- 32

 

 

In connection with the agreement referenced above, the licensor and licensee are currently still operating under Phase I and the company has not yet received adequate information to enter Phase II. MyDx has not yet received and has requested market feasibility, regulatory and other studies from Licensee as contemplated under the agreement and has requested the results of their Phase I findings to be delivered to Company on or before April 21, 2017. To the extent MyDx management is unable to receive satisfactory results and confirm proof of concept, MyDx has notified Licensee it will be difficult to continue under the current agreement and the parties are permitted to terminate for cause and defectiveness in the event the products do not pass tests for quality, reliability, efficacy, and marketability or if at the completion of Phase I, the results were not satisfactory and the concept was not proven.

 

Marketing and Advertising Advisory Services Agreement

 

On April 5, 2016, the Company entered into a Marketing and Advertising Advisory Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Growth Point Advisors, Ltd. (“Growth Point”) for Growth Point to provide a comprehensive marketing, advertising and branding campaign for the Greater China Region on behalf of the Company’s MyDx AquaDx sensor. The campaign shall include, but not be limited to, the development of both the front and back-end of an e-commerce web site targeting the Chinese audience as well as introductions to potential key personnel to launch and manage the campaign.

 

In consideration for the services described above, the Company shall pay Growth Point a monthly service fee of $30,000. Should the Company fail to pay the monthly service fee, Growth Point shall have the right to convert the monthly service fee into the Company’s common stock at a 50% discount of the lowest closing price of the Company’s common stock for the 15 trading days upon send notice of non-payment to the Company.

 

MyDx has disputed the balance of invoice due to Growth Point.

 

Resale Licensing Agreement

 

On October 4, 2016, the Company executed a Resale Licensing Agreement with ANP Technologies, Inc. (“ANP”) (the “Agreement”) that outlines the terms and conditions for a One-Time, Non-Exclusive Resale License to MyDx, Inc. for the sale of ANP’s ACE-III-C pesticide and toxic heavy metal Lateral Flow Assay detection test under MyDx, Inc.’s brand. The Agreement provides for the purchase and resale of 10,000 units as part of a Phase I validation of the product’s merchantability.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to other legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims. Although the ultimate aggregate amount of probable monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters is subject to many uncertainties and is therefore not predictable with assurance, the Company’s management believes that any monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters, individually and in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

However, there can be no assurance with respect to such result, and monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters could differ materially from those projected.

 

F- 33

 

 

12. Income Taxes

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

    For the years ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Current:            
Federal   $ -     $ -  
State     800       1,375  
      800       1,375  
Deferred:                
Federal     -       -  
State     -       -  
      -       -  
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes   $ 800     $ 1,375  

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:

 

    For the years ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Deferred Tax Assets:                
Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 4,824,505     $ 3,306,431  
Research and development credits     151,303       134,724  
Accruals, reserves and other     14,037       14,597  
Depreciation and amortization     -       35,322  
Stock-based compensation     460,201       405,160  
Total deferred tax asset     5,450,046       3,896,234  
                 
Valuation allowance     (5,445,149 )     (3,889,501 )
                 
Deferred tax liabilities                
Depreciation and amortization     (4,897 )     (6,733 )
Net deferred tax assets   $ -     $ -  

 

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company's effective tax:

 

    For the year ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
    %     %  
Statutory federal tax rate     34.00 %     34.00 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit     -0.00 %     -0.02 %
Valuation allowance     -8.89 %     -32.00 %
Mark to market of derivative     0 %     - %
Non deductible interest expense     0 %     - %
Other     -25.11 %     -2.00 %
Provision for income taxes     0.00 %     -0.02 %

 

F- 34

 

 

Based on the available objective evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets of the Company will not be fully realizable for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Accordingly, management had applied a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The valuation allowance increased by $1,555,647 and $2,632,553 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately $12.1 million of federal and $12.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income which will begin to expire in 2033 for both federal and state purposes.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had research & development (“R&D”) credits carryforward of approximately $88,000 and $95,000 for federal and California income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal R&D credits carryforward will begin to expire in 2034. The California credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

The Company maintain liabilities for uncertain tax positions. These liabilities involve considerable judgment and estimation and are continuously monitored by management based on the best information available, including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, and other information. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016, the Company's total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $79,000   , of which none affects the effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized benefits to change materially over the next 12 months.

 

The Company is filing income tax returns with the United States federal government, and the state of California. The Company’s tax years 2013 through 2016 will remain open for examination by the federal and state authorities for three and four years, respectively, from the utilization of any net operating loss credits.

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management evaluates the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based upon the amount of existing temporary differences, the period in which they are expected to be recovered, and expected levels of taxable income. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets is established when it is more-likely-than-not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the Company’s net losses in prior years, management has determined that a full valuation allowance against the Company’s net deferred tax assets is appropriate.

 

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Company has elected to classify interest and penalties as a component of its income tax provision. With respect to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including related estimates of penalties and interest, the Company did not record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 and 201   5, respectively. The Company does not expect any changes to its unrecognized tax benefit for the next twelve months that would materially impact its consolidated financial statements.

 

13. Subsequent Events

 

On February 6, 2017, the principles of YCIG, Inc. (“Seller”) entered into a purchase and sale agreement where it sold the rights to the Loan Agreement to Hasper, Inc. (“Purchaser”) in exchange for the assumption of liabilities under the note and a commitment to fund additional advances to the company. Subsequently to the purchase of the note, Purchaser has funded additional advances of $20,000 to the Company.

 

On February 7, 2017, Daniel Yazbeck funded the company an additional $25,000 in cash as an interest free bridge loan.

 

F- 35

 

 

On February 8, 2017, MyDx, Inc. entered into an option agreement (the “Option Agreement’) with the Torque Research & Development, Inc. ("TRD").   The Option Agreement provides MyDx with the exclusive right to license two patent pending inventions (the “TRD Inventions”), and requires MyDx to make annual payments to TRD as well as royalty payments on any products that are commercialized which are based on the TRD Inventions.  MyDx's rights under the Option Agreement require customary measures of performance on the part of MyDx in terms of patent cost maintenance and other payments of costs associated with the TRD Inventions.  With respect to the Option Agreement, MyDx rights are broad in terms of the potential access MyDx has to use the TRD Inventions in products, and services and many of the key economic terms of a future license, should MyDx exercise it’s rights under the Option Agreement, are agreed to in the Option Agreement.

 

In addition to the Option Agreement with the TRD, on February 8, 2017, MyDx has entered into a research and development agreement (the “RD Agreement”) with TRD for the Project titled “Manufacturable, Medical Grade Smart Vape Devices and Related Medical Software Applications for Prescribers, Administrators and Patient Applications.”  The RD Agreement allows MyDx to fund research based on the TRD Inventions with a three year budget of $280,371 and a deferred payment of $75,000 within ninety days of the Effective Date.  The RD Agreement provides MyDx with an exclusive right to license all technology that is discovered from the monies funded to TRD through the RD Agreement (the “Derivative IP”).  To the extent that MyDx exercises it’s rights under the RD Agreement, MyDx will be required to make customary annual payments to TRD, who shall be the owners of any Derivative IP, as well as royalty payments as any commercialization of such Derivative IP occurs.  TRD may elect to accept payment in whole or in part in cash or the companies restricted common stock priced at the Effective Date.

 

On February 10, 2017, the Company entered into a binding term sheet to acquire certain trademarks, software, data and customer lists from Bud Genius, Inc. in exchange for 100,000,000 restricted MyDx common stock. In good faith, the parties agreed to complete all due diligence and execute transaction documents within 45 days of the date hereof. The 45 days have expired and the parties continue to negotiate in good faith to consummate the transaction.

 

On February 17, 2017 MyDx and Libre Design, LLC ("LDL") entered into a twelve (12) month Research, Branding, Advertising and Marketing Services Agreement ("Agency Agreement").  The Company agreed to pay deferred cash compensation as follows of three thousand dollars ($3,000) upon execution and one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) per month for a subsequent eleven (11) payments thereafter on or before the first (1st) of each month.  In addition, Agency is entitled to receive sixty seven million shares of restricted common stock at a closing market price equal to .0011.

 

On March 1 and 15th, 2017, MyDx, Inc. received a payment demand for the initial and subsequent payment of $50,000 and $25,000 per month respectively, exclusive of costs and other fees, due and owing under the BCI Advisors, LLC (“BCI”) advisory services agreement (the “Advisory Services Agreement”).  The Company elected in lieu of cash to pay in unrestricted common stock, registered in form S-8.  The Company made an initial payment of seventy five million shares in partial satisfaction of the amount due and owing that does not exceed the Company’s obligations under the Advisory Services Agreement to restrict BCI’s beneficial ownership to 4.99%.  This summary contains only a brief description of the material terms of the Advisory Services Agreement and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Advisory Services Agreement. A copy of the Advisory Services Agreement was filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

In March 2016, the Company sued Phoenix Fund Management, LLC (“Phoenix”) to prevent further issuances and conversion notices pursuant to, respectively, a June 2016 $250,000 Section 3(a)(10) settlement and an October 2016 $1,000,000 convertible promissory note. Between February 23, 2017 and March 8, 2017, Phoenix submitted five (5) issuance or conversion requests to the Company’s transfer agent for a total of 239,188,023 shares of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the settlement described below, none of these share were issued.

 

On March 10, 2017, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement with Phoenix dated March 9, 2017 (the “Phoenix Settlement”). Pursuant to the Phoenix Settlement, Phoenix has agreed it is no longer entitled to any shares pursuant to these two agreements, which are now considered paid in full. On March 15, 2017, in connection with the Phoenix Settlement, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the pending lawsuit with the Eleventh Judicial Circuit of Florida.

 

On March 13, 2017, the Company and Bright Light Marketing, Inc. (“BLM”), in a settlement related to the Phoenix Settlement, entered into a Settlement Agreement dated March 10, 2017 (the “BLM Settlement”). In 2016, BLM notified the Company that Phoenix was a potential lender. Pursuant to the BLM Settlement, BLM will pay the Company a total of $217,500 over the next twelve (12) months. BLM is due to pay the first $100,000 within thirty (30) business days of the signing of the BLM Settlement. BLM will then pay the Company $10,000 per month on the first day of the next eleven (11) months with the final payment of $7,500 due on March 1, 2018.

 

On March 14, 2017, the Company and Vista Capital Investments, LLC (“Vista”) entered into a Settlement Agreement dated March 14, 2017 (the “Vista Settlement”). Vista claimed, and the Company disputed, that Vista was still entitled to certain payments pursuant to convertible promissory notes the Company previously issued. On March 13, 2017, Vista submitted a conversion request of 68,437,500 shares of the Company’s common stock. Pursuant to the Vista Settlement, the Company issued 35,000,000 shares to Vista on March 14, 2017 and all convertible promissory notes issued by the Company to Vista are now considered paid in full.

 

From November 22, 2016 through March 16, 2017, the Company has issued, in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, 1,086,998,015 shares of common stock at a weighted average price per share of $0.001096 pursuant to conversion notices of convertible promissory notes outstanding totaling approximately $1,164,000. The shares were issued to a total of five lenders. The issuance of such convertible promissory notes was previously disclosed in the Company’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

On March 16, 2017, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (“SPA”) with TLG, Inc, and TRD, Inc.  (“Investors”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell 25,000,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, in an above market transaction at a purchase price of $0.004 per share for a total of $100,000. As part of the SPA, the Company granted the Investors the option, within the next 60 days, to purchase an additional 25,000,000 of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $0.006 per share for a total of $150,000.   The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and are “restricted securities" as that term is defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.  Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement, the Investors agreed not to sell more than three hundred and seventy-five thousand shares per day (subject to adjustment for forward and reverse stock splits that occur after the date hereof) or more than seven million five hundred thousand shares per month (subject to adjustment for forward and reverse stock splits that occur after the date hereof) of the securities purchased pursuant to the SPA.

 

F- 36

 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

On May 11, 2016 (the “Dismissal Date”), the Board dismissed Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. (“BPM”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. During the Company’s two most recent fiscal years, the subsequent interim periods thereto, and through the Dismissal Date, there were no reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), except that in connection with the audit of the Company’s 2015 financial statements BPM identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting due to: (i) the Company not maintaining a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting for warrants to purchase common and preferred stock issued in connection with convertible notes payable and convertible preferred stock and accounting for non-employee stock options; (ii) insufficient segregation of duties within the accounting function with respect to the review and approval of the underlying accounting records; (iii) the inability to close the Company’s books and timely issue financial statements; and (iv) inadequate management oversight resulting from the departure of all independent non-employee Board members in February 2016.  

In connection with the audit of the Company’s 2014 financial statements, BPM identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting due to the Company not maintaining a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting for warrants to purchase common and preferred stock issued in connection with convertible notes payable and convertible preferred stock and accounting for non-employee stock options.    

On May 11, 2016 (the “Engagement Date”), the Board approved the appointment of Anton & Chia as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. Since May 11, 2016 there have been no transactions or events that were material and were accounted for or disclosed in a manner different from that which BPM apparently would have concluded was required.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-Q, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective as of December 31, 2016, due to the fact that management has not fully remediated the material weakness described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2016.   

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2016, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures  

It should be noted that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system will be met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  

We must maintain effective internal controls to provide reliable financial reports and to detect and prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as would be possible with an effective control system in place. We have not performed an in-depth analysis to determine if historical undiscovered failures of internal controls exist, and may in the future discover areas of our internal control that need improvement.  

We have been assessing our internal controls to identify areas that need improvement. We are in the process of implementing changes to internal controls, but have not yet completed implementing these changes. Failure to implement these changes to our internal controls or any others that it identifies as necessary to maintain an effective system of internal controls could harm our operating results and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. Any such loss of confidence would have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.  

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting due to: (i) the Company not maintaining a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting for warrants to purchase common and preferred stock issued in connection with convertible notes payable and convertible preferred stock and accounting for non-employee stock options, (ii) insufficient segregation of duties within the accounting function with respect to the review and approval of the underlying accounting records, (iii) the inability to close the Company’s books and timely issue financial statements, and (iv) inadequate management oversight resulting from the departure of all independent non-employee Board members in February 2016. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If the Company does not address the material weaknesses, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as would be possible with an effective control system in place.    

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION  

None   

  33  

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The table below sets certain information concerning our executive officers and directors, including their names, ages, anticipated positions with us. Our executive officers are chosen by our Board and hold their respective offices until their resignation or earlier removal by the Board.

 

In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, incumbent directors are elected to serve until our next annual meeting and until each director’s successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

Name   Age   Position
Daniel Yazbeck   38   Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Director (Chairman of the Board)

 

Director and Executive Officer

 

Daniel Yazbeck –Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Director (Chairman of the Board)

 

Mr. Yazbeck became the Chief Executive Officer and a director of CDx in September 2013, and became the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company effective April 30, 2015. On July 9, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck resigned as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and during the period between July 10, 2015 and September 29, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck was the Chief Innovation Officer of the Company. Effective September 29, 2015, Mr. Yazbeck was re-appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

 

Mr. Yazbeck has substantial experience in new market and business development, strategic partnering and negotiations from his tenure at Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Yazbeck also has an extensive scientific and technical engineering background, having invented, patented, secured resources for, managed, developed, and commercialized several successful pharmaceutical and healthcare related market products from conception to implementation.

 

Mr. Yazbeck joined Pfizer, Inc. in January 2002 as a scientist in their pharmaceuticals group where he specialized in chemical research and development technologies, including analytics. While at Pfizer, Mr. Yazbeck participated in creating a global center of technology for Pfizer in the field of biocatalysis, developing multiple patents issued in his name and authored a variety of research papers. After leaving Pfizer, Mr. Yazbeck joined Panasonic Corporation of North America in March 2005, spearheading their new market, business and strategic product development activities in the consumer electronics healthcare field. Mr. Yazbeck worked on many advanced Panasonic projects in the biotechnology and healthcare space, again creating multiple patents in his name.

  

Mr. Yazbeck founded the Yazbeck Consulting & Investment Group (YCIG, Inc.) in October of 2008. YCIG, Inc. seeded the capital, R&D, market development, legal and human resource investments required to create CDx in September 2013.

 

Mr. Yazbeck graduated with honors from McGill University in Canada in 2001, holds a Master’s Degree in Medicinal Chemistry, with a minor in Marketing Management, and served as a research/teaching assistant for 4 years prior to graduating and joining Pfizer.

 

Non-Executive Officers

 

David Bortolin – Chief Revenue Officer

 

Dave Bortolin joined the Company in April, 2014 as Chief Revenue Officer. Mr. Bortolin has over 22 years of enterprise software, SaaS direct sales, channel partner and marketing experience with companies ranging from start-ups to established organizations.

 

  34  

 

 

Mr. Bortolin served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales, Marketing, and Strategic Partnerships for AppCentral from March 2010 to August 2013. From May 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Bortolin served as Vice President Sales, Marketing and Strategic Partners for Exalead. From December 2005 to April 2008, Mr. Bortolin served as Vice President Sales and Marketing at Remedy Interactive. From January 2004 to January 2006, Mr. .Bortolin served as Vice President Sales and Marketing for the Milestone Group, and prior to that, he served in various management capacities at Ziff Davis Publishing.

 

Mr. Bortolin received a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Saint Mary’s College.

   

Involvement in Legal Proceedings

 

To the Company’s knowledge, none of our officers or our directors has, during the last ten years:

 

  been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
  had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;
  been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;
  been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
  been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
  been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

To the Company’s knowledge, there are no material proceedings to which any director, officer or affiliate of the Company, any owner of record or beneficially of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Company, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate of the Company, or security holder is a party adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or has a material interest adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Family Relationships

 

Mr. Yazbeck is our sole officer and the sole member of our Board.

 

Composition of the Board

 

In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our Board is elected annually as a single class.

 

  35  

 

 

Communications with the Board

 

Our stockholders may send correspondence to the Board c/o the Corporate Secretary at MyDx, Inc., 6335 Ferris Square, Suite B, San Diego, California 92121. Our corporate secretary will forward stockholder communications to the Board prior to the board’s next regularly scheduled meeting following the receipt of the communication.

    

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Effective as of April 30, 2015, the Company adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to, among other persons, our president or chief executive officer as well as the individuals performing the functions of our chief financial officer, corporate secretary and controller. As adopted, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics sets forth written standards that are designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

  honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
  full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to regulatory agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission;
  the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and
  accountability for adherence to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires, among other things, that all of our personnel be afforded full access to our president or chief executive officer with respect to any matter which may arise relating to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Further, all of our personnel are to be afforded full access to the Board if any such matter involves an alleged breach of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by our president or chief executive officer.

 

In addition, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics emphasizes that all employees, and particularly managers and/or supervisors, have a responsibility for maintaining financial integrity within our company, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, and federal, provincial and state securities laws. Any employee who becomes aware of any incidents involving financial or accounting manipulation or other irregularities, whether by witnessing the incident or being told of it, must report it to his or her immediate supervisor or to our president or chief executive officer. If the incident involves an alleged breach of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by our president or chief executive officer, the incident must be reported to any member of the Board or use of a confidential and anonymous hotline phone number. Any failure to report such inappropriate or irregular conduct of others is to be treated as a severe disciplinary matter. It is against our company policy to retaliate against any individual who reports in good faith the violation or potential violation of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by another. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available, free of charge, to any stockholder upon written request to our Corporate Secretary at MyDx, Inc., 6335 Ferris Square, San Diego, California 92121. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is also attached as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 5, 2015.

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Board Committees

 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Ethics Committee and a Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by the independent auditors and review and evaluate the system of internal controls. The Compensation Committee manages any stock option plan we may establish and review and recommend compensation arrangements for the officers. The Nominating and Governance committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities and identify, select and evaluate the Board and committees. The Ethics Committee is responsible for overseeing compliance with the Company’s Code of Ethics.

 

As of the date of this report our sole director serves on each of the Board committees.

 

  36  

 

 

Leadership Structure

 

The chairman of the Board and the chief executive officer positions are currently held by the same person. Our bylaws provide the Board with the flexibility to determine whether the two roles should be combined or separated based upon the Company’s needs. The Board believes that having the same individual in the role of the chairman and the chief executive officer is the appropriate structure for the company at this time. The Board believes the current leadership structure serves as an aid in the Board’s oversight of management and it provides the Company with an efficient governance structure.

  

Risk Management  

The Board discharges its responsibilities, and assesses the information provided by the Company’s management and the independent auditor, in accordance with its business judgment. Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation, and integrity of the Company’s financial statements, and management is responsible for conducting business in an ethical and risk mitigating manner where decisions are undertaken with a culture of ownership. The Board oversees management in their duty to manage the risk of our company and each of our subsidiaries. The Board regularly reviews information provided by management as management works to manage risks in the business The Board has also established board committees to assist the full Board’s oversight by focusing on risks related to the particular area of concentration of the relevant committee. For example, the compensation committee oversees risks related to our executive compensation plans and arrangements, the audit committee oversees the financial reporting and control risks and the nominating and governance committee oversees risks associated with the independence of the Board and potential conflicts of interest. If a risk is of sufficient magnitude, a committee reports on the discussions of the applicable relevant risk to the full Board during the committee reports portion of the Board’s meetings. The full Board incorporates the insight provided by these reports into its overall risk management analysis. 

Meetings  

The board of directors met three times prior to March 2016. Four Board members were each in attendance at the three pre-March 2016 Board meetings: Daniel Yazbeck, George Jackoboice, Fred Pier and Steve Katz. Subsequent to February 2016, Daniel Yazbeck was the sole board member and authorized all board resolutions through unanimous written consents.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The following table summarizes all compensation earned in each of the Company’s last two fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 by: (i) its principal executive officer; and (ii) its two most highly compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer who was serving as an executive officer of the Company as of the end of the last completed fiscal year. The tables below include the compensation for the Company named executive officers as of December 31, 2016. 

Summary Compensation Table  

The following table lists the summary compensation of the Company’s named executive officers for the prior two fiscal years: 

Name and principal position   Year   Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
    All other
comp.
    Total  
Daniel R. Yazbeck (1)(2)(7)   2016   $ 180,000     $ 180,000     $ -     $ -     $ 5,691,993       6,051,993  
Chief Executive Officer and   2015   $ 112,765     $ 45,000     $ -     $ -     $ -   $   157,765  
Chief Financial Officer (3)                                                    
                                                     
Samuel Sanzeri (4)   2016   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -   $   -  
President   2015   $ 105,516     $ -     $ -     $ 275,000     $ -   $   380,516  
                                                     
Thomas L. Gruber (5) (6)   2016   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -       -  
Chief Financial Officer,   2015   $ 99,261     $ -     $ -     $ 302,500     $ -   $   401,761  
Chief Financial Officer and                                                    
Chief Operating Officer                                                    

 

(1) In 2014, CDx, Inc. established its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which it is authorized to grant up to an aggregate of 6,200,000 options to purchase share of common stock. The Company assumed CDx's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon consummation of the Merger.
(2) In July 2014, Mr. Yazbeck was granted an option to purchase 450,000 shares of CDx's common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of December 1, 2013. 1/12th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(3) Mr. Yazbeck was the Chief Executive Officer of the Company between April 30, 2015 and July 10, 2015; the Chief Innovation Officer of the Company between July 10, 2015 and September 29, 2015; the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company between August 6, 2015 and September 9, 2015; and has been the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since September 29, 2015.
(4) In July 2014, Mr. Sanzeri was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of CDx's common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of December 1, 2013. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month. In March 2015, Mr. Sanzeri was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of CDx' common stock at $0.55 per share. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. Mr. Sanzeri was terminated as President on August 4, 2015.

 

  37  

 

 

(5) In July 2014, Mr. Gruber was granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of CDx's common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of June 21, 2014. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. In March of 2015, Mr. Gruber was granted an option to purchase 550,000 shares of CDx's common stock at $0.55 per share. The options subject to grant began vesting as of January 1, 2015. 1/18th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.

(6)

 

 

(7)

Mr. Gruber was the Chief Executive Officer of the Company from July 10, 2015 until August 6, 2015. Mr. Gruber was the Chief Operating Officer of the Company from April 30, 2015 until August 5, 2015. Mr. Gruber was the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company from April 30, 2015 until September 1, 2015.

On December 23, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement and release agreement (the “Yazbeck Settlement”) with Daniel R. Yazbeck, the Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company (“Yazbeck”), relating to certain bona fide, outstanding, and past-due liabilities of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $321,000 for certain unpaid base salary and bonus obligations that remained deferred and/or outstanding, due and owing to Yazbeck.

 

Under the terms of the Yazbeck Settlement, Yazbeck agreed to forgo and release any claims against the Company under that certain Employment Agreement, by and between Yazbeck and the Company, dated October 15, 2014 (the “Employment Agreement”) in exchange for (1) the issuance of fifty-one (51) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (defined below); (2) the issuance of three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (defined below); (3) a warrant for fifteen percent (15%) of the common shares of the Company issued and outstanding as of January 3, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.001 per share, with an expiration date of January 3, 2019; and (4) the issuance of thirty million (30,000,000) shares of the Company’s restricted common stock.

 

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

 

Daniel R. Yazbeck

 

On October 15, 2014, CDx, Inc. entered into a five-year employment agreement with Daniel R. Yazbeck. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Yazbeck shall serve as the CDx Chief Executive Officer or such other title or position as may be designated from time to time by the CDx board of directors. The employment agreement can be terminated pursuant to written notification by either CDx or Mr. Yazbeck, which notification may occur at any time for any reason. Mr. Yazbeck’s initial base salary is $180,000 per year, subject to periodic review by the CDx board of directors and may be increased in the discretion of CDx.

 

Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Yazbeck is also eligible to participate in all group term life insurance plans, group health plans, accidental death and dismemberment plans and short-term disability programs and other perquisites which are made available to the CDx executives and for which Mr. Yazbeck qualifies. Additionally, Mr. Yazbeck is entitled to be reimbursed for supplemental insurance products including life insurance at a cost of up to an additional $15,000 per year. CDx also provides a leased vehicle with operating expenses, not to exceed $800 per month, which CDx commenced paying in March 2015.

 

Under the terms of the employment agreement, should CDx terminate Mr. Yazbeck’s employment other than for cause during the first 5 years of the employment agreement, or should Mr. Yazbeck resign for good reason, CDx shall have no further obligation under the employment agreement, except that CDx will continue to pay Mr. Yazbeck’s base salary for a two year period, (less, if applicable, any long-term disability payments) and the Target Bonus (as defined below) for a one year period following termination of Mr. Yazbeck’s employment on the normal payroll dates, and in addition one hundred percent (100%) of Mr. Yazbeck’s then-outstanding unvested stock options shall immediately vest.

 

The employment agreement provides that for each fiscal year during the employment agreement, Mr. Yazbeck shall be eligible for an incentive bonus. For each full fiscal year of employment, Mr. Yazbeck shall be eligible for an incentive bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of his annual base salary and his performance objectives shall be set such that one hundred percent (100%) completion of his objectives shall entitle him to at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the bonus (the “Target Bonus”). During the first year of employment Mr. Yazbeck shall be eligible for the bonus plan as outlined in the employment agreement. After the first year, the bonus amount will be based on the following factors: (1) the financial performance of CDx as determined and measured by CDx’s board of directors, and (2) Mr. Yazbeck’s achievement of management targets and goals as set by CDx. The bonus amount is intended to reward contribution to CDx’s performance over an entire fiscal year, and on the basis of continuing, cumulative contribution, and consequently will be paid only if Mr. Yazbeck is employed and in good standing at the time of bonus payments, which will occur each quarter. CDx accrued a $45,000 bonus for Mr. Yazbeck in compliance with the terms of his target bonus milestones for completion of a working prototype. The bonus was paid in March 2015.

 

  38  

 

 

The foregoing is only a brief description of the material terms of the employment agreement, and does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, and such description is qualified in their entirety by reference to the employment agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 5, 2015. 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

The following table lists the outstanding equity awards held by the Company’s named executive officers at December 31, 2016:

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
OPTION AWARDS (1)   STOCK AWARDS
Name     Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable       Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable       Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options       Option Exercisable Price     Option Expiration Date   Number of Shares or Units of Stock that have Not Vested     Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that have Not Vested       Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have Not Vested       Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have Not Vested  
Daniel Yazbeck (2)(3)     500,000       -       -     $ 0.08     7/11/2024   -     -       -       -  

 

(1) In 2014, CDx established its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which it is authorized to grant up to an aggregate of 6,200,000 options to purchase shares of common stock. The Company assumed CDx’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon consummation of the Merger.
(2) In July 2014, Mr. Yazbeck was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of December 1, 2013. 1/12th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(3) In July 2014, Mr. Yazbeck was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of July 1, 2014. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(5) In July 2014, Mr. Sanzeri was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of December 1, 2013. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. In March 2015, Mr. Sanzeri was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.55 per share. The options subject to grant began vesting on January 1, 2015. 1/24 th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter. Mr. Sanzeri was terminated as President on August 4, 2015.

  

Director Compensation

 

The following table lists the compensation of the Company’s directors, during the last fiscal year ended December 31, 2016:

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Name     Fees Earned or Paid in Cash     Stock Awards     Option Awards (1)     Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation     Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings     All Other Compensation       Total  
Daniel Yazbeck   $ -       -       - (2)(3)     -       -       -     $   -  

 

(1) In 2014, CDx established its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which it is authorized to grant up to an aggregate of 6,200,000 options to purchase shares of common stock. The Company assumed CDx’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon consummation of the Merger.
(2) In July 2014, Mr. Yazbeck was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of December 1, 2013. 1/12th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(3) In July 2014, Mr. Yazbeck was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of CDx’s common stock at $0.08 per share. The options subject to the grant began vesting as of July 1, 2014. 1/24th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.

 

Director Compensation Arrangements

  

We also reimburse all directors for any expenses incurred in attending directors’ meetings. We also provide officers and directors liability insurance.

 

  39  

 

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 23, 2017 for:

 

  each of our directors and nominees for director;
  each of our named executive officers;
  all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
  each person, entity or group, who beneficially owned more than 5% of each of our classes of securities.

 

We have based our calculations of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 1,450,204,599 shares of our Common Stock outstanding as of March 23, 2017 as well as the 51 shares of Series A Preferred held by Mr. Yazbeck which represents 1,509,331,719 voting shares. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 23, 2017 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or restricted stock unit for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each beneficial owner is c/o MyDx, Inc., 6335 Ferris Square, Suite B, San Diego, California 92121. The information provided in the table is based on our records, information filed with the SEC, and information provided to us, except where otherwise noted.

 

Name   Position   Number of Shares Beneficially Owned     Percentage of Common Stock Beneficially Owned  
Daniel Yazbeck (1)   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer
    1,548,474,219       52.38 %
                     
All Executives as a Group (1 person)         1,548,474,219       52.38 %

 

(1) Consists of 39,142,500 shares held by Mr. Yazbeck and YCIG, Inc. and 1,509,331,719 voting shares.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The table below sets forth information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to compensation plans under which our common stock is authorized for issuance:

 

Plan Category     Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights         Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights         Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)  
2014 Equity Incentive Plan  (approved by shareholders)     1,490,000     $ 0.27       4,710,000  
2017 Stock Incentive Plan  (approved by shareholders)     0   $ 0       150,000,000  

 

On December 25, 2016, Mr. Yazbeck, in his separate capacities as sole Board member and as the holder of a majority of the Company’s voting shares, voted to give the Board, at any time or times until December 25, 2017, to adopt an amendment to the Company’s Articles, to effect a reverse stock split at a ratio of (i) 1-for-250; (ii) 1-for-500; (iii) 1-for-750; (iv) 1-for-1000; (v) 1-for-1250; (vi) 1-for-1500; (vii) 1-for-2000; or (viii) 1-for-2500, such ratio to be determined by the Board, or to determine not to proceed with the reverse stock split.

 

On December 25, 2016, Mr. Yazbeck, in his separate capacities as sole Board member and as the holder of a majority of the Company’s voting shares, voted to ratify the MyDx, Inc. 2017 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). There are 150,000,000 million shares available to be issued pursuant to the Plan. Between January 1, 2017 and March 23, 2017, 78,000,000 shares have been issued.

 

  40  

 

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016 to which we have been or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $8,000 (one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our last two completed fiscal years) and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing a household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.”

 

On or about December 23, 2016, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with YCIG, Inc. (“YCIG”) (an entity controlled by Mr. Yazbeck) whereby the Company issued to YCIG 300,000 shares of Series B Preferred at $1.00 per share and warrants to purchase up to fifteen percent (15%) of shares of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock as of January 3, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.001, and an expiration date of January 3, 2019. The Series B Preferred is redeemable at any time after March 31, 2018, at the sole option of the holder at a redemption price of $1.35 per share. Until such time as there are fewer than 20,000 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding, the Company needs to obtain the majority votes of the holders of Series B Preferred with regard to certain actions. Holder converts any portion of the Preferred Stock into common and thereafter to one vote for each share of Series B Preferred held, are entitled to elect up to two members to the Board of Directors, and, absent such election, are provided certain voting and veto rights to any vote by the Board of Directors. In conjunction with and pursuant to the terms of the SPA, the Company entered into an Escrow Agreement whereby the Company is required to deposit shares of the Company’s common stock which shall be held in the Escrow Agent’s name and disbursed to YCIG, at the sole discretion and election of YCIG, pursuant to the terms of the SPA and the documents related thereto.

 

On December 23, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement and release agreement (the “Yazbeck Settlement”) with Mr. Yazbeck, relating to certain bona fide, outstanding, and past-due liabilities of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $321,000 for certain unpaid base salary and bonus obligations that remained deferred and/or outstanding, due and owing to Mr. Yazbeck.

 

Under the terms of the Yazbeck Settlement, Mr. Yazbeck agreed to forgo and release any claims against the Company under that certain Employment Agreement, by and between Mr. Yazbeck and the Company, dated October 15, 2014 (the “Employment Agreement”) in exchange for (1) the issuance of fifty-one (51) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred; (2) the issuance of three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred; (3) a warrant for fifteen percent (15%) of the common shares of the Company issued and outstanding as of January 3, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.001 per share, with an expiration date of January 3, 2019; and (4) the issuance of thirty million (30,000,000) shares of the Company’s restricted common stock.

 

On January 4, 2017, the Company entered into a settlement and release agreement (the “YCIG Settlement”) with YCIG, relating to certain bona fide, outstanding, and past-due liabilities of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $224,040 arising from that certain loan agreement, by and between the Company and YCIG, dated December 10, 2015 (the “Loan Agreement”) and that certain revolving promissory note, executed by the Company in favor of YCIG, of even date therewith (the “Revolving Note”).

 

On January 3, 2017, YCIG issued a payment demand letter (the “Demand Letter”) to the Company alleging that the Company was in default under the Loan Agreement and Revolving Note for the Company’s failure to make monthly interest payments as contemplated thereunder and for breaches of the Loan Agreement (the “Events of Default”).

 

Under the terms of the YCIG Settlement, in lieu of receiving the immediate cash payment for the principal, interest and fees due and owing to YCIG from the Company under the Loan Agreement and the Revolving Note, YCIG agreed to settle and cure the Events of Default through the mutual amendment of specific terms of the Loan Agreement, as more fully described therein. As additional consideration for the YCIG Settlement, YCIG agreed to return 210,894 shares of the Company’s common stock. The return the 210,894 shares of the Company’s common stock by YCIG was effected as of December 30, 2016.

 

A copy of the SPA, the Escrow Agreement, the Form of Warrant, the Yazbeck Settlement, and YCIG Settlement are filed, via incorporation by reference, as exhibits to this Report.

 

  41  

 

 

Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons

 

In reviewing and approving transactions with related persons, the Board considers all material factors in relation to such related person’s role in a proposed transaction, including, without limitation, the related person’s indirect or direct financial interest in the proposed transaction, other interests such related person may have in the proposed transaction, the terms and conditions of the proposed transaction, and whether such transaction is on an equivalent to arms-length basis. After reviewing and factoring all these considerations, the Board, and the disinterested directors, if applicable, determine whether to approve the proposed transaction with the respective related person. While the Company does not have any written polices with respect to review and approval of any such transactions with related persons, the Company believes the processes the Board follows ensures the appropriateness of its entry into such transactions with related persons and that they were entered into on terms on an equivalent basis to an arms-length transaction.

 

Director Independence

 

Board of Directors

 

Mr. Yazbeck, as an officer of the Company, is not an independent director pursuant to Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5605(a)(2) and applicable SEC rules and regulations.

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

Since we did not have an audit or compensation committee comprised of independent directors, the functions that would have been performed by such committees were performed by our directors. Thus, there was an inherent conflict of interest. 

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Audit Fees

 

The following table sets forth the fees billed to the Company for professional services rendered by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    2016     2015  
Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.            
             
Audit fees   $ 121,221     $ 144,580  
Audit related fees     -       -  
Tax fees     -       -  
All other fees     -       -  
    $ 121,221     $ 144,580  

   

    2016     2015  
Anton & Chia            
             
Audit fees   $ 29,150     $ -  
Audit related fees     -       -  
Tax fees     -       -  
All other fees     -       -  
    $ 29,150     $ -  

   

Audit Fees. Consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audits of our financial statements and reviews of our interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports.

 

Tax Fees. Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. and Anton & Chia did not provide us with professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These services include assistance regarding federal, state and local tax compliance and consultation in connection with various transactions and acquisitions.

  

  42  

 

 

part iv

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit       Incorporated by Reference   Filed or
Furnished
Number   Exhibit Description   Form   Exhibit   Filing Date   Herewith
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 9, 2015, by and among the Company, CDX Merge, Inc. and CDx, Inc.   8-K   2.1   04/14/2015    
3.1   Articles of Incorporation.   S-1   3.1   10/15/2013    
3.2   Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.   8-K   3.1   10/04/2016    
3.3   Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (Series A Preferred Designation)   8-K   3.1   01/11/2017    
3.4   Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (Series B Preferred Designation)   8-K   3.2   01/11/2017    
3.5   Bylaws   S-1   3.2   10/15/2013    
4.1   Form of Series B Warrant   8-K   10.7   05/05/2015    
   10.1   Patent Assignments, dated as of July 2, 2014, by and between CDx, Inc. and Richard Rouse.   8-K   10.2   05/05/2015    
   10.2*   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2014, between CDx and Daniel Yazbeck   8-K   10.3   05/05/2015    
   10.3*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2014, by and among CDx and the investors party thereto   8-K   10.6   05/05/2015    
   10.4*  

2014 Equity Incentive Plan with CDx.

  8-K           X
   10.5*   2015 Equity Incentive Plan.   8-K    10.8   05/05/2015    
   10.6*   MyDx, Inc. 2017 Stock Incentive Plan   8-K   4.2   02/09/2017    
10.7   Office Lease dated April 1, 2015.   8-K   10.9   05/05/2015    
     10.8**   Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.1   05/05/2015    
     10.9**   Amendment No. 1 dated April 21, 2014 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.)   8-K/A   10.10   05/19/2015    
     10.10**   Amendment No. 2 dated July 1, 2014 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.11   05/19/2015    
     10.11**   Amendment No. 3 dated March 23, 2015 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.12   05/19/2015    

 

  43  

 

 

10.12

 

  Amendment No. 4 dated May 1, 2015 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.13   05/19/2015    
     10.13**   Amendment No. 5 dated May 5, 2015 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.14   05/19/2015    
     10.14**   Exclusive Patent Sublicense Agreement dated April 24, 2015 between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.15   05/26/2015    
10.15   Amended Amendment No. 4 dated May 19, 2015 to Joint Development Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   8-K   10.16   05/26/2015    
10.16   Supply Agreement dated April 24, 2015 between CDx, Inc. and Next Dimension Technologies, Inc.   S-1/A   10.18   10/28/2015    
10.17   Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 10, 2015 with between the Company and Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.19   12/16/2015    
10.18   Loan Agreement dated December 10, 2015 with YCIG, Inc.   8-K   10.21   12/16/2015    
10.19   Equity Purchase Agreement dated February 2, 2016 with Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.30   02/09/2016    
10.20   Registration Rights Agreement dated February 2, 2016 with Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.31   02/09/2016    
10.21   Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $50,000 dated February 2, 2016 with Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.32   02/09/2016    
10.22   Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 26, 2016 with between the Company and Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.33   02/26/2016    
10.23   Convertible Promissory Note in the amount of $60,000 dated February 26, 2016 issued by the Company to Kodiak Capital Group, LLC   8-K   10.34   02/26/2016    
10.24   Securities Purchase Agreement dated March 15, 2016 between the Company and Auctus Fund, LLC   8-K   10.35   03/18/2016    
10.25   Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $55,750 dated March 15, 2016 issued by the Company to Auctus Fund, LLC   8-K   10.36   03/18/2016    
10.26   MyDx Affiliate Program Agreement dated April 1, 2016 with Nanolux Technology, Inc.   10-K   10.37   04/27/2016    
10.27   Securities Purchase Agreement Dated May 6, 2016 Between The Company and Auctus F   8-K   10.38   05/10/2016    
10.28   Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $55,750 dated May 6, 2016   8-K   10.39   05/10/2016    
10.29   Securities Purchase Agreement dated May 10, 2016 with Crown Bridge Partners, LLC   8-K   10.40   05/16/2016    
10.30   Convertible Promissory Note in the principal amount of $50,000 Dated May 10, 2016   8-K   10.41   05/16/2016    
10.31   Convertible Note in the principal amount of $275,000 dated May 24, 2016 Issued to Vista Capital Investments, LLC   8-K   10.1   05/27/2016    

 

  44  

 

 

10.32   Amendment No. 1 to 8% Convertible Note Dated June 22, 2016 Issued to Adar Bays, LLC   8-K   10.1   07/01/2016    
10.33   Amendment No. 1 to 8% Convertible Note Dated June 22, 2016 Issued to Union Capital, LLC   8-K   10.2   07/01/2016    
10.34   Termination Letter to Kodiak Capital Group, LLC, dated June 30, 2016   8-K   10.1   07/07/2016    
10.35   Distribution License Agreement Between the Company and Powerful Holdings, Ltd.   10-Q   10.1   11/23/2016    
10.36   Consulting Agreement Between the Company and Lynx Consulting Group, Ltd., dated April 3, 2016   10-Q   10.2   11/23/2016    
10.37   Settlement Agreement and Stipulation between the Company and Rockwell Capital Partners, Inc., dated November 29, 2016   8-K   10.1   12/2/2016    
10.38   Advisory Services Agreement Between the Company and BCI Advisors, LLC, dated December 1, 2016   8-K   10.1   01/11/2017    
10.39   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 23, 2016   8-K   10.2   01/11/2017    
10.40   Escrow Agreement, dated December 23, 2016   8-K   10.3   01/11/2017    
10.41   Form of Warrant   8-K   10.4   01/11/2017    
  10.42*   Settlement & Release Agreement -- Daniel R. Yazbeck and MyDx, Inc., dated December 23, 2016   8-K   10.5   01/11/2017    
  10.43*   Settlement & Release Agreement -- YCIG, Inc. and MyDx, Inc., dated January 4, 2017   8-K   10.6   01/11/2017    
    10.44**   First Amendment to The Exclusive Patent Sublicense Agreement, Dated November 29, 2016   8-K/A   10.2   01/13/2017    
    10.45**   JDA Termination Agreement, dated November 29, 2016   8-K/A   10.3   01/13/2017    
    10.46**   Amendment #2 to Supply Agreement, dated November 29, 2016   8-K/A   10.4   01/13/2017    
10.47   Option Agreement and Research and Development Agreement between Company and Torque Research and Development, Inc., dated February 8, 2017               X
10.48   Research, Branding, Advertising and Marketing Services Agreement, between Company and Libre Design, LLC, dated February 17, 2017.               X
14.1   Code of Ethics.   10-K/A   14.1    05/05/2015    
16.1   Letter From Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. to the SEC Dated May 17, 2016   8-K/A   16.1   05/17/2016    
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.               X
31.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer  pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.               X
31.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.               X
     32.1***   Certification of Principal Executive Officer  pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.               X
    32.2 ***   Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.               X
                     
101.INS   XBRL Instance.               X
101.XSD   XBRL Schema.               X
101.PRE   XBRL Presentation.               X
101.CAL   XBRL Calculation.               X
101.DEF   XBRL Definition.               X
101.LAB   XBRL Label.               X

 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement, as required by Item 15(a) (3) of Form 10-K.

** The SEC has granted confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. Accordingly, certain portions of this agreement have been omitted in the version filed with this report and such confidential portions have been filed with the SEC.

*** In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is being furnished and not filed.

 

  45  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

  MyDx, Inc.
     
Date: April 17, 2017 By: /s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck
  Name:  Daniel R. Yazbeck
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck   Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Director   April 17, 2017
Daniel R. Yazbeck   (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, and    
  Principal Accounting Officer)    

 

 

 

46

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

CDX, INC.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.             Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

2.             Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)       “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)       “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c)       “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)       “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)       “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)       “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)        Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

 

 

 

(ii)        Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)        Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g)       “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(h)       “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i)       “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j)       “ Company ” means CDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

(k)       “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

(l)       “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)       “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n)       “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o)       “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p)       “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q)       “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)       If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)       If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)       In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

(r)       “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s)       “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)       “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)       “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(v)       “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(w)       “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(x)       “ Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y)       “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(z)       “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(aa)     “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb)     “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(cc)     “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(dd)     “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

3.             Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)        Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 2,059,412 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

(b)        Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

 

(c)        Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4.             Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)        Procedure .

 

(i)        Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii)        Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b)        Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)       to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)       to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)       to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)       to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

(v)       to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi)       to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)       to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii)       to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

(ix)       to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

 

(x)       to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

 

(xi)       to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii)       to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii)       to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c)        Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.             Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.             Stock Options .

 

(a)        Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

(b)        Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(c)        Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)        Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e)        Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(i)        Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

(ii)        Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

(iii)        Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

(f)        Exercise of Option .

 

(i)        Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii)        Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

(iii)        Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv)        Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

7.             Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)        Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)        Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)        Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)        Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)        Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

(f)        Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i)       The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii)       The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

8.             Restricted Stock .

 

(a)        Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)        Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)        Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)        Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e)        Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f)        Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

(g)        Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h)        Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9.             Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)        Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)        Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c)        Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)        Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e)        Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

10.           Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

11.           Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

12.           Limited Transferability of Awards .

 

(a)       Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)       Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

13.           Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)        Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

(b)        Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)        Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

14.           Tax Withholding .

 

(a)        Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)        Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

15.           No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16.           Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17.           Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

18.           Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)        Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)        Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)        Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

19.           Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)        Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)        Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

20.           Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

21.           Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

22.           Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

 

-16-

 

 

Exhibit 10.47

 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This license agreement (“Agreement”) is made effective this 8 th day of February 2018 (“Effective Date”), by and between Torque Research & Development, Inc. (“Licensor” or “TRD”) and MyDx, Inc. a Nevada corporation (“Licensee”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.       Certain IP, trade secrets, know how, inventions, generally characterized as “Manufacturable, Medical Grade Plastic Smart Devices and Related Medical Software Applications for Prescribers, Administrators and Patient Applications.” (collectively “Invention”), were made in the course of research at Licensor.

 

D.       The Licensee has evaluated the Invention under a Secrecy Agreement with TRD with an effective date of January 19, 2017.

 

E.       The Licensee and Licensor have executed an Option Agreement with an effective date of February 8, 2017.

 

F.       The Licensee and Licensor have entered into a research agreement on February 8, 2017 (“Research Agreement”).

 

G.       The Licensee wishes to obtain certain rights from TRD for the commercial development of the Invention, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and

 

H.       The scope of such rights granted by Licensor is intended to extend to the scope of the patents and patent applications in Patent Rights, but only to the extent that Licensor has proprietary rights in and to the Valid Claims of such Patent Rights or Inventions.

 

I.       Both parties recognize and agree that Earned Royalties are due under this Agreement with respect to products, services and methods and that such royalties will be paid with respect to Inventions including but not limited to pending patent applications and issued patents, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

  1  

 

 

K.       Both parties recognize and agree that Earned Royalties due under this Agreement will be based on the Licensee’s or a Sublicensee’s last act of infringement of Invention and/or Patent Rights within the control of the Licensee or a Sublicensee, regardless of whether the Licensee or a Sublicensee had control over prior infringing acts; the parties intend that Earned Royalties due under this Agreement will be calculated based on the Net Sales of the product or service resulting from the last act of infringement by the Licensee and its Sublicensees.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.       DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms, whether used in the singular or plural, shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1       “Affiliate” of the Licensee means any entity which, directly or indirectly, Controls the Licensee, is Controlled by the Licensee or is under common Control with the Licensee. “Control” means (i) having the actual, present capacity to elect a majority of the directors of such affiliate; (ii) having the power to direct at least forty percent (40%) of the voting rights entitled to elect directors; or (iii) in any country where the local law will not permit foreign equity participation of a majority, ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of the maximum percentage of such outstanding stock or voting rights permitted by local law.

 

1.2       “Attributed Income” means the total gross proceeds (exclusive of Earned Royalties of Sublicensees but including, without limitation, any license fees, maintenance fees, or milestone payments), whether consisting of cash or any other forms of consideration and whether any rights other than Patent Rights are granted, which gross proceeds are received by or payable to the Licensee, any Affiliate and/or Joint Venture from any Sublicensee in consideration of the grant of a sublicense under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Attributed Income shall not include proceeds attributed in such sublicense or such agreement, arrangement or other relationship to bona fide (i) debt financing; (ii) equity (and conditional equity, such as warrants, convertible debt and the like) investments in the Licensee at market value; (iii) reimbursements of Patent Prosecution Costs actually incurred by the Licensee; and (iv) reimbursement for the actual cost of documented research and/or development services undertaken by the Licensee prior to the effective date of the sublicense for the applicable field of use of such sublicense and reimbursement for the actual cost of research and/or development services provided after the effective date of the sublicense by Licensee for the applicable Sublicensee under such sublicense on the basis of full-time equivalent (“FTE”) efforts of personnel at or below commercially reasonable and standard FTE rates. For the avoidance of doubt, any gross proceeds meeting the definition set forth above in this Article 1.2 shall be “Attributed Income” irrespective of whether such gross proceeds are received under one or more separate agreements and irrespective of how such gross proceeds are referred to or characterized by the Licensee or the Sublicensee. Also for avoidance of doubt, once a research and development expense is deducted from Attributed Income for any sublicense it can not be deducted again for that sublicense or any other sublicense.

 

  2  

 

 

1.3       “Combination Product” means a combined Product that contains or uses a Licensed Product or Licensed Service and at least one other Product or process (a “Combination Product Component”), where (i) such Combination Product Component is not a Licensed Product or Licensed Service, (ii) if such Combination Product Component were removed from such combined Product or service, the manufacture, use, Sale or import of the resulting Product or service in or into a particular country would infringe, but for a license, the same Valid Claim in the country where such manufacture, use, Sale or import occurs as such combined Product or service, (iii) such Combination Product Component and such Licensed Product or Licensed Service are Sold separately from such combined Product or service by the Licensee or any Affiliate, Joint Venture or Sublicensee, and (iv) the market price of such combined Product is higher than the market price for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service as a result of such combined Product or serviced containing or using such Combination Product Component.

 

1.4       “Earned Royalty” means Sublicensee Royalty (as defined in Paragraph 8.2) and Royalty (as defined in Paragraph 9.1)

 

1.5       “Field of Use” means all fields within the United States of America unless otherwise amended by the parties to this Agreement.

 

1.6       “First Commercial Sale” means a bona fide good faith Sale of a Licensed Product in quantities sufficient to meet market demand.

 

1.7       “Joint Venture” means any separate entity established pursuant to an agreement between a third party and the Licensee and/or Sublicensee to constitute a vehicle for a joint venture, in which the separate entity manufactures, uses, purchases, Sells or acquires Licensed Products from the Licensee or Sublicensee.

 

  3  

 

 

1.8       “Licensed Method” means any process, art or method the use or practice of which, but for the license granted in this Agreement, would infringe, or contribute to, or induce the infringement of, any Patent Rights in any country were they issued at the time of the infringing activity in that country.

 

1.9       “Licensed Product” means any Product, including, without limitation, a Product for use or used in practicing a Licensed Method and any Product made by practicing a Licensed Method, the manufacture, use, Sale, offer for Sale or import of which, but for the license granted in this Agreement, would infringe, or contribute to, or induce the infringement of, any Patent Rights in any country were they issued at the time of the infringing activity in that country.

 

1.10       “Licensed Service” means any service provided for consideration (whether in cash or any other form), when such service (i) involves the use of a Licensed Product; or (ii) involves the practice of a Licensed Method.

 

1.11       “Net Invoice Price” means:

 

1.11.1 For Licensed Products and Licensed Services Sold to public companies with a market cap of seventy-five million or less or private companies with retained earnings of five million or less: (a) the gross invoice price charged and the value of any other consideration owed to the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service, or (b) for Combination Products, the gross invoice price charged and the value of any other consideration owed to the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service used in the Combination Product when such Licensed Product or Licensed Service is Sold separately from such Combination Product, less the following items, but only to the extent that they actually pertain to the disposition of such Licensed Product or Licensed Service, are included in the gross invoice price charged or other consideration owed, and are identified separately on a bill or invoice:

 

1.11.1.1 Allowances actually granted to customers for rejections, chargebacks, returns and prompt payment and volume discounts;

 

1.11.1.2 uncollectible debt up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the gross invoice price;

 

  4  

 

 

1.11.1.3 Freight, transport packing and insurance charges associated with transportation;

 

1.11.1.4 Taxes, including Deductible Value Added Tax, tariffs or import/export duties based on Sales when included in the gross invoice price, but excluding value-added taxes other than Deductible Value Added Tax or taxes assessed on income derived from Sales. “Deductible Value Added Tax” means only the portion of the value added tax that is actually incurred and is not reimbursable, refundable or creditable under the tax authority of any country; and

 

1.11.1.5 Rebates and discounts paid or credited pursuant to applicable law.

 

1.11.2 For Licensed Products and Licensed Services Sold to public companies with a market cap of more than seventy-five million or private companies with retained earnings of more than five million: (a) the amount of consideration actually received by the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service, or (b) for Combination Products, the amount of consideration actually received by the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service used in the Combination Product when such Licensed Product or Licensed Service is Sold separately from such Combination Product, less the following items, but only to the extent that they actually pertain to the disposition of such Licensed Product or Licensed Service, are included in the gross invoice price charged or other consideration owed, and are identified separately on a bill or invoice:

 

1.11.2.1 Allowances actually granted to customers for rejections, chargebacks, returns and prompt payment and volume discounts;

 

1.11.2.2 Freight, transport packing and insurance charges associated with transportation;

 

1.11.2.3 Taxes, including Deductible Value Added Tax, tariffs or import/export duties based on Sales when included in the gross invoice price, but excluding value-added taxes other than Deductible Value Added Tax or taxes assessed on income derived from Sales. “Deductible Value Added Tax” means only the portion of the value added tax that is actually incurred and is not reimbursable, refundable or creditable under the tax authority of any country; and

 

  5  

 

 

1.11.2.4 Rebates and discounts paid or credited pursuant to applicable law.

 

1.12       “Net Sale” means:

 

1.12.1 except in the instances described in Paragraphs 1.12.2, 1.12.3 and 1.12.4 of this Paragraph, the Net Invoice Price;

 

1.12.2 for any Relationship-Influenced Sale of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service, Net Sales shall be based on the Net Invoice Price at which the Relationship-Influenced Sale Purchaser re-Sells such Licensed Product or Licensed Service;

 

1.12.3 in those instances where Licensed Product or Licensed Service is not Sold, but is otherwise exploited (except with respect to limited commercially reasonable quantities of Licensed Product or Licensed Service that are provided solely for demonstration, evaluation and feasibility purposes for no consideration) , the Net Sales for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service shall be the Net Invoice Price of products or services of the same or similar kind and quality, Sold in similar quantities, currently being offered for Sale by the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee. Where such products or services are not currently being offered for Sale by the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee, the Net Sales for Licensed Product or Licensed Service otherwise exploited, for the purpose of computing royalties, shall be the average Net Invoice Price at which products or services of the same or similar kind and quality, Sold in similar quantities, are then currently being offered for Sale by other manufacturers. Where such products or services are not currently Sold or offered for Sale by the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee or others, then the Net Sales shall be the Licensee’s and/or any Sublicensee’s cost of manufacture of Licensed Product or the cost of conducting the service, determined according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), plus 100 percent (100%); and

 

1.12.4 for a Reacquisition Sale or Exploitation, Net Sales shall mean the Net Invoice Price upon the Reacquisition Sale or Exploitation of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service.

 

  6  

 

 

1.13        “New Developments” means inventions, or claims to inventions, which constitute advancements, developments or improvements, whether or not patentable and whether or not the subject of any patent application, which are not sufficiently supported by the specification of a previously-filed patent or patent application within the Patent Rights to be entitled to the priority date of the previously-filed patent or patent application.

 

1.14       “Patent Prosecution Costs” is defined in Paragraph 22.3.

 

1.15       “Patent Rights” means the Valid Claims of, to the extent assigned to or otherwise obtained by TRD and Trade Secrets. Patent Rights shall further include the Valid Claims of, to the extent assigned to or otherwise obtained by TRD, the corresponding foreign patents and patent applications (requested under Paragraph 22.4 herein) and any reissues, extensions, substitutions, continuations, divisions, and continuation-in-part applications (but only those Valid Claims in the continuation-in-part applications that are entirely supported in the specification and entitled to the priority date of the parent application) and any patent that issues on any application included in the foregoing. This definition of Patent Rights excludes any rights in and to New Developments, except to the extent added by amendment pursuant to Article 11. By mutual written agreement the parties to this Agreement may include or exclude patent rights from this definition including patent rights claiming inventions first conceived and reduced to practice under the Research Agreement.

 

1.16       “Product” means any kit, article of manufacture, composition of matter, material, compound, component or product.

 

1.17       “Reacquisition Sale or Exploitation” means those instances where the Licensee or a Sublicensee acquires a Licensed Product or Licensed Service and then subsequently Sells or otherwise exploits such Licensed Product or Licensed Service.

 

1.18       “Related Party” means a corporation, firm or other entity with which, or individual with whom, the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee (or any of its respective stockholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates) have any agreement, understanding or arrangement (for example, but not by way of limitation, an option to purchase stock or other equity interest, or an arrangement involving a division of revenue, profits, discounts, rebates or allowances) unrelated to the Sale or exploitation of the Licensed Products or Licensed Services without which such other agreement, understanding or arrangement, the amounts, if any, charged by the Licensee or any Sublicensee to such entity or individual for the Licensed Product or Licensed Service, would be higher than the Net Invoice Price actually received, or if such agreement, understanding or arrangement results in the Licensee or any Sublicensee extending to such entity or individual lower prices for such Licensed Product or Licensed Service than those charged to others without such agreement, understanding or arrangement buying similar products or services in similar quantities.

 

  7  

 

 

1.19       “Relationship-Influenced Sale” means a Sale of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service, or any exploitation of the Licensed Product or Licensed Method, between the Licensee and/or any Sublicensee and (i) an Affiliate; (ii) a Joint Venture; (iii) a Related Party or (iv) the Licensee or a Sublicensee.

 

1.20       “Relationship-Influenced Sale Purchaser” means the purchaser of Licensed Product or Licensed Service in a Relationship-Influenced Sale.

 

1.21       “Sale” means the act of selling, leasing or otherwise transferring, providing, or furnishing for use for any consideration. Correspondingly, “Sell” means to make or cause to be made a Sale and “Sold” means to have made or caused to be made a Sale.

 

1.22       “Sublicensee” means any person or entity (including any Affiliate or Joint Venture) to which any of the license rights granted to the Licensee hereunder are sublicensed.

 

1.23       “Sublicense Fee” is defined in Paragraph 8.1.

 

1.24       “Valid Claim” means a claim of a patent or patent application in any country that (i) has not expired; (ii) has not been disclaimed; (iii) has not been cancelled or superseded, or if cancelled or superseded, has been reinstated; and (iv) has not been revoked, held invalid, or otherwise declared unenforceable or not allowable by a tribunal or patent authority of competent jurisdiction over such claim in such country from which no further appeal has or may be taken.

 

2.       GRANT

 

2.1       Subject to the limitations and other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement Licensor grants to the Licensee a license under its rights in and to Patent Rights to make, use, Sell, offer for Sale and import Licensed Products and Licensed Services and to practice Licensed Methods, in the United States and in other countries where Licensor may lawfully grant such licenses, only in the Field of Use.

 

2.2       Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, the license granted under Patent Rights in Paragraph 2.1 is exclusive.

 

  8  

 

 

2.3       The license granted in Paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 is limited to methods and products that are within the Field of Use. In the event that the Field of Use is amended upon mutual written agreement to exclude certain fields, then the Licensee has no license under this Agreement for such excluded fields.

 

2.4       Licensor reserves and retains the right (and the rights granted to the Licensee in this Agreement shall be limited accordingly) to make, use and practice the Invention and any technology relating to the Invention and to make and use any Products and to practice any process that is the subject of the Patent Rights for educational, clinical and research purposes, including without limitation, any sponsored research performed for or on behalf of commercial entities and including publication and other communication of any research results. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Invention and any technology relating to the Invention are not the subject of the exclusive license under the Patent Rights granted to the Licensee hereunder, Licensor shall be free to make, use, Sell, offer to Sell, import, practice and otherwise commercialize and exploit (including to transfer, license to, or have exercised by, third parties) for any purpose whatsoever and in its sole discretion, such Invention and any Products or processes that are the subject of any of the foregoing.

 

2.5       This Agreement will terminate immediately if a claim which includes, in any way, the assertion that any portion of Patent Rights is invalid or unenforceable is filed by the Licensee or an Interested Party. For the purposes of this Paragraph 2.7, an Interested Party means any third party who files such a claim on behalf of the Licensee or at the written urging of the Licensee, or is a Sublicensee of Licensee. Notwithstanding the above, if Licensee terminates a Sublicensee who violates this provision within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written notice from Licensor of such violation and the Sublicensee did not violate this provision at Licensee’s urging, then this Agreement will remain in effect.

 

3.       SUBLICENSES

 

3.1       TRD also grants to the Licensee the right to sublicense to third parties (including to Affiliates and Joint Ventures) the rights granted to the Licensee hereunder, with no right to further sublicense except as provided for in Paragraph 3.2 below, as long as the Licensee has current exclusive rights thereto under this Agreement. Each Sublicensee must be subject to a written sublicense agreement. All sublicenses will include all of the rights of, and will require the performance of all the obligations due to, Licensor other than those rights and obligations specified in Article 6 (License Issue Fee), Article 7 (License Maintenance Fee) and Paragraph 9.5 (Minimum Annual Royalty) and Paragraphs 22.3 and 22.5 (reimbursement of Patent Prosecution Costs). For the avoidance of doubt, Affiliates and Joint Ventures shall have no licenses under this Agreement unless such Affiliates and Joint Ventures are granted a sublicense. For the purposes of this Agreement, the operations of all Sublicensees shall be deemed to be the operations of the Licensee, for which the Licensee shall be responsible.

 

  9  

 

 

3.2       Under the terms of each sublicense, each such Sublicensee shall have the limited right (as described below) to grant three (3) further sublicenses (“Further Sublicenses”) to the Sublicensee’s affiliated companies and/or other third parties (each, a “Further Sublicensee”). Each Further Sublicensee shall also have the limited right to grant two (2) additional further sublicenses (“Additional Further Sublicenses”) to an affiliated company and/or other third party (each an “Additional Further Sublicensee”). In each case the term “affiliated company” shall have the same definition as Affiliate in Section 1.1 of this Agreement, with the appropriate sublicensee substituted for Licensee in the definition. Such Further Sublicenses and Additional Further Sublicenses may only be granted to the extent that such Sublicensee or Further Sublicensee deems that they are reasonably needed for the development and commercialization of Licensed Products and the maximization of sales in accordance with this Agreement. Each Sublicensee and each permitted Further Sublicensee and Additional Further Sublicensee shall be subject to a written sublicense agreement that shall be consistent with and not in violation of all of the applicable terms, conditions, obligations, restrictions and other terms of this Agreement that protect or benefit Licensor rights and interests. Licensee shall attach a copy of this Agreement to each sublicense issued under this Paragraph 3.2 and shall specify in the sublicense that the sublicensee must comply with the terms of the Agreement. Licensee may redact the following information from the Agreement, should it wish to do so: License Issue Fee, License Maintenance Fee, Earned Royalties and Minimum Royalties, Milestone Payments, Fees for Patent Rights Added After Effective Date and the Patent Rights not included in the sublicense. Licensee agrees that it shall require appropriate audited and auditable reporting from each Sublicensee, its Further Sublicensees and Additional Further Sublicensees to establish all amounts owed hereunder, and shall make such reports available to Licensor. Licensee shall require each Sublicensee to submit to Licensee progress reports and audited financial reports consistent with the Agreement, and each Sublicensee shall require each Further Sublicensee and Additional Further Sublicensee to submit such progress reports and audited financial reports to Sublicensee which it will deliver to Licensee. Licensee shall make these reports available to TRD. Licensee shall require that each Sublicensee agree to indemnification procedures and insurance coverages consistent with the obligations imposed on Licensee by Article 25 of the Agreement. Licensee shall also require each Sublicensee to obtain comparable indemnification provisions from each Further Sublicensee and each Additional Further Sublicensee.

 

  10  

 

 

3.3       In the event that TRD and the Licensee each own an undivided interest in any Patent Rights licensed hereunder, the Licensee will not separately grant a license to any third party under its rights without concurrently granting a license under TRD’ rights on the terms and conditions described in this Article 3 (Sublicenses).

 

3.4       The Licensee will notify TRD of each sublicense granted hereunder and will provide TRD with a complete copy of each sublicense (along with a summary of the material terms of each such sublicense) and each amendment to such sublicense within thirty (30) days after issuance of such sublicense or such amendment. The Licensee will collect from Sublicensees and pay to TRD all fees, payments, royalties and the cash equivalent of any consideration due TRD. The Licensee will guarantee all monies due TRD from Sublicensees. For clarity, if the Licensee grants a sublicense that contains a provision for payment of royalties by any Sublicensee in an amount that is less than the Sublicensee Royalty required to be paid under Paragraph 8.2 below, then the Licensee will pay to TRD a total amount equal to the Sublicensee Royalty based on the Sublicensees’ Net Sales as provided for in Paragraph 8.2. The Licensee will require Sublicensees to provide it with copies of all progress reports and royalty reports in accordance with the provisions herein and the Licensee will collect and deliver all such reports due TRD from Sublicensees.

 

3.5       If Licensee licenses patent rights assigned to or otherwise acquired by it (“Licensee’s Patent Rights”), and it believes, in good faith, that the recipient of such license will infringe Patent Rights in practicing the Licensee’s Patent Rights, then the Licensee will not separately grant a license to such recipient under Licensee’s Patent Rights without concurrently granting a sublicense under Patent Rights on the terms required under this Agreement.

 

  11  

 

 

3.6       Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, all sublicensed rights conveyed to any Sublicensee (but not Further Sublicensees or Additional Further Sublicensees), granted pursuant to Article 3 of this Agreement will remain in effect and will be assumed by TRD as binding obligations provided that (a) such Sublicensee is not in breach of its sublicense at the time of expiration or termination of this Agreement; (b) all of the terms of this Agreement are agreed to fully in writing by such Sublicensee; and (c) such Sublicensee acquires no rights from or obligations on the part of TRD other than those that are specifically granted under this Agreement and such Sublicensee assumes all liability and obligations to TRD required of Licensee by this Agreement with respect to TRD’ sublicensed rights, including past due obligations existing at the time of assignment of this Agreement by Licensee. Moreover, TRD will have the sole right to modify each such assigned sublicense to include all of the rights of TRD that are contained in this Agreement, including the payment of Earned Royalties directly to TRD by the Sublicensee as if it were the Licensee at a rate that is no lower than the rate set forth in Article 9 (Earned Royalties and Minimum Annual Royalties) in accordance with Article 5 (Payment Terms). If the Sublicensee fails to meet the above provisions described in this Paragraph 3.6 (a – c) then TRD may terminate its sublicense, in accordance with Article 16 (Termination by TRD). TRD will not be bound to perform any duties or obligations set forth in any sublicense that extend beyond the duties and obligations of TRD set forth in this Agreement, and the Licensee’s obligations to TRD hereunder will be binding upon the Sublicensee.

 

3.7       In the event that the sublicense granted to the Sublicensee under this Agreement terminates or expires while this Agreement remains in effect, all Further Sublicenses and Additional Further Sublicenses shall automatically terminate or expire, as appropriate.

 

4.       MANDATORY SUBLICENSING

 

4.1       Commencing on the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Effective Date, if TRD (as represented by the actual knowledge of the licensing professional responsible for administration of this Agreement) becomes aware of, or if a third party becomes aware of and notifies such licensing professional of, an application or use for Products within the licensed Field of Use but for which Licensed Products have not been developed or are not, at such time, being developed by Licensee (“New Application”), then TRD may give written notice to Licensee thereof.

 

  12  

 

 

4.2       Within ninety (90) days of such notice, Licensee shall give TRD written notice stating whether Licensee agrees to develop and commercialize Licensed Products for such New Application (“New Licensed Products”). Such notice shall be accompanied by (i) a detailed development schedule, including specific diligence requirements and development milestones, for the development of New Licensed Products; and (ii) a detailed business plan for the development, marketing and commercialization of New Licensed Products (collectively, the “Development Plan”). If Licensee has not notified TRD within such ninety (90) day period, in accordance with the foregoing, that Licensee agrees to develop and commercialize such New Licensed Products, or if the Development Plan is not reasonably acceptable to TRD, then Licensee shall be deemed to not so agree.

 

4.3       If Licensee agrees, as set forth in Paragraph 4.2, to develop and commercialize such New Licensed Products, then Licensee shall in accordance with the Development Plan (i) diligently proceed with the development, manufacture and commercialization of such New Licensed Products and (ii) after such New Licensed Product has been developed, earnestly and diligently endeavor to market the same in quantities sufficient to meet market demand. Licensee shall submit a written progress report setting forth in detail the status of such development, manufacture and commercialization every six (6) months to TRD.

 

4.4       If Licensee does not agree, as set forth in Paragraph 4.2 to develop and commercialize such New Licensed Products, or if Licensee fails to diligently pursue the development and commercialization thereof in accordance with the Development Plan, then TRD shall have the right to seek one or more third parties for the development and commercialization of such New Licensed Products and refer such third party to Licensee so that such third party may request a sublicense allowing for development and commercialization of such New Licensed Products. If the third party requests a sublicense, then Licensee shall report such request, together with the terms and conditions thereof, to TRD within thirty (30) days from the date of such request.

 

4.5       If Licensee does not grant a sublicense to the third party for the New Application within a reasonable time after such request (and, in any event, within one hundred (100) days after such request), or refuses to grant such sublicense, then Licensee shall promptly, or, in the event of such refusal, within thirty (30) days after such refusal, submit to TRD a written report. Such report will include a written justification for the Licensee’s refusal or failure to grant such sublicense and the license terms proposed by the third party, if any. TRD, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to grant to the third party (and the rights granted to Licensee in this Agreement shall be limited accordingly) a license to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Licensed Products, to provide Licensed Services and to practice the Licensed Methods within the New Application under terms that TRD determines to be reasonable. All amounts received by TRD pursuant to such license, after recovery by TRD of its expenses in obtaining the license, shall be divided between TRD and the Licensee as follows: sixty percent (60%) to TRD and forty percent (40%) to the Licensee. TRD shall deliver to Licensee its portion thereof.

 

  13  

 

 

5.       PAYMENT TERMS

 

5.1       Paragraphs 1.8, 1.9, 1.10 and 1.15 define Licensed Method, Licensed Product, Licensed Service and Patent Rights, so that Earned Royalties are payable on products and methods covered by both pending patent applications and issued patents. Earned Royalties will accrue in each country for the duration of Patent Rights in that country and will be payable to TRD when Licensed Products or Licensed Services are invoiced, or if not invoiced, when delivered or otherwise exploited by the Licensee or Sublicensee in a manner constituting a Net Sale as defined in Paragraph 1.12. Sublicense Fees with respect to any Attributed Income shall accrue to TRD within thirty (30) days of the date that such Attributed Income is due to the Licensee.

 

5.2       The Licensee will pay to TRD all Earned Royalties, Sublicense Fees and other consideration payable to TRD quarterly on or before February 28 (for the calendar quarter ending December 31), May 31 (for the calendar quarter ending March 31), August 31 (for the calendar quarter ending June 30) and November 30 (for the calendar quarter ending September 30) of each calendar year. Each payment will be for Earned Royalties, Sublicense Fees and other consideration which has accrued within the Licensee’s most recently completed calendar quarter.

 

5.3       All consideration due TRD will be payable and will be made in United States dollars by check payable to “Torque Research & Development Inc.”. The Licensee is responsible for all bank or other transfer charges. When Licensed Products or Licensed Services are Sold for monies other than United States dollars, the Earned Royalties and other consideration will first be determined in the foreign currency of the country in which such Licensed Products or Licensed Services were Sold and then converted into equivalent United States dollars. The exchange rate will be the average exchange rate quoted in the The Wall Street Journal during the last thirty (30) days of the reporting period.

 

  14  

 

 

5.4       Sublicense Fees and Earned Royalties on Net Sales of Licensed Products or Licensed Services and other consideration accrued in, any country outside the United States may not be reduced by any taxes, fees or other charges imposed by the government of such country, except those taxes, fees and charges allowed under the provisions of Paragraph 1.12 (Net Sales).

 

5.5       Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 29 (Force Majeure) if at any time legal restrictions prevent the prompt remittance of Earned Royalties or other consideration owed to TRD by the Licensee with respect to any country where a sublicense is issued or a Licensed Product or Licensed Service is Sold or otherwise exploited, then the Licensee shall convert the amount owed to TRD into United States dollars and will pay TRD directly from another source of funds in order to remit the entire amount owed to TRD.

 

5.6       In the event that any patent or claim thereof included within the Patent Rights is held invalid in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction and last resort and from which no appeal has or can be taken, then all obligation to pay royalties based on that patent or claim or any claim patentably indistinct therefrom will cease as of the date of final decision. The Licensee will not, however, be relieved from paying any royalties that accrued before such final decision and the Licensee shall be obligated to pay the full amount of royalties due hereunder to the extent that TRD licenses one or more Valid Claims within the Patent Rights to the Licensee with respect to Licensed Products or Licensed Services.

 

5.7       If applicable, no Earned Royalties will be collected or paid hereunder to TRD on Licensed Products or Licensed Services Sold to, or otherwise exploited for, the account of the United States Government as provided for in the license to the United States Government. The Licensee and its Sublicensees will reduce the amount charged for Licensed Products or Licensed Services Sold to, or otherwise exploited by, the United States Government by an amount equal to the Earned Royalty for such Licensed Products or Licensed Services otherwise due TRD. Such reduction in Earned Royalties will be in addition to any other reductions in price required by the United States Government.

 

5.8       In the event that royalties, fees, reimbursements for Patent Prosecution Costs or other monies owed to TRD are not received by TRD when due, the Licensee will pay to TRD interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) simple interest per annum. Such interest will be calculated from the date payment was due until actually received by TRD. Such accrual of interest will be in addition to and not in lieu of, enforcement of any other rights of TRD due to such late payment.

 

  15  

 

 

6.       LICENSE ISSUE FEE

 

6.1 The Licensee will pay to TRD a license issue fee by issuing shares of stock as provided for in Paragraph 6.2 below. This fee is non-refundable, non-cancelable and is not an advance or otherwise creditable against any royalties or other payments required to be paid under the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.2       Subject to TRD’ Final Approval, as defined below, Licensee shall issue to TRD Forty Six Million Eight Hundred and Seventy Five Thousand (46,875,000) shares of its common stock or equivalent securities having a market value of one hundred thousand United States dollars (US $75,000 or .0016 per share) as of the Effective Date (“ Shares ”) and deliver to TRD a stock certificate therefor. The Shares shall be issued and the certificate therefor shall be delivered to TRD in the name at its direction within thirty (90) days from the Effective Date or upon the Final Approval, whichever is later. As of the date of Issuance, and at all times thereafter, TRD shall be entitled to all rights, preferences and privileges of a holder of Licensee’s common stock or equivalent securities.

 

6.3       The issuance of Shares as described in Paragraph 6.2 shall be subject to TRD’ approval as set forth herein (the “ Final Approval ”). Final Approval shall be granted or withheld in TRD’ sole discretion, and shall be specifically be subject to: (i) Licensee delivering to TRD, promptly after the Effective Date, all relevant information that TRD deems necessary in order to make a properly informed decision in accordance with TRD’ applicable policy guidelines on accepting equity in technology licensing transactions, which information shall include, without limitation, a full statement of all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted or imposed upon shares of Licensee’s common stock or equivalent securities and the holders thereof; and (ii) acceptance by TRD of Licensee’s shareholder agreement or execution by the parties of a stock issuance agreement acceptable to TRD.

 

6.4       In the event that Final Approval is not granted this Agreement shall remain in effect and Licensee shall pay to TRD a license issue fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

6.5       In the event that Shares have been issued to TRD pursuant to Paragraph 6.2, TRD shall not sell such Shares for twelve (12) months after the Effective Date (“Lockup Period”). During the Lockup Period, Licensee warrants that it will maintain its public reporting obligations under the security laws. Licensee may elect, at any time within such Lockup Period to repurchase all of the Shares for a cash payment equal to a Twenty Five Percent (25%) discount to the closing price of the day notice is provided to repurchase shares.

 

  16  

 

 

6.6       At any time during and in the event a repurchase notice has not been submited the Lockup Period, TRD shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to transfer the Shares or any portion thereof directly to certain individuals, including, without limitation, inventors of Patent Rights licensed hereunder. Without limiting any other rights TRD may have and notwithstanding any provision of any investor agreement, any shareholder agreement or any similar agreement to the contrary, at the end of the Lockup Period, TRD shall have the right to transfer the Shares or any portion thereof to certain individuals, including, without limitation, inventors of Patent Rights licensed hereunder, pursuant to TRD applicable practices and policies.

 

7.       LICENSE MAINTENANCE FEE

 

7.1       Provided that Licensee maintains the Sponsored Research Agreement or another sponsored research agreement at the University of California, Merced the scope of work of which is directed toward the development of Licensed Products, the Licensee will not be required to pay the license maintenance fee provided for in Paragraph 7.2 below.

 

7.2       The Licensee will also pay to TRD a license maintenance fee of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) beginning on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date and continuing annually on each anniversary of the Effective Date. The license maintenance fee is not due on any anniversary of the Effective Date if on that date, the Licensee is Selling or otherwise exploiting Licensed Products or Licensed Services and is paying an Earned Royalty to TRD on the Net Sales of such Licensed Product or Licensed Services. The license maintenance fee is non-refundable and is not an advance or otherwise creditable against any royalties or other payments required to be paid under the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.       PAYMENTS ON SUBLICENSES

 

8.1       The Licensee will pay to TRD the following non-refundable and non-creditable sublicense fees (“Sublicense Fees”):

 

8.1.1 thirty percent (30%) of all Attributed Income.

 

  17  

 

 

8.2       The Licensee will also pay to TRD, with respect to each Sublicensee, an earned royalty on the Net Sales of each Licensed Product, Licensed Method or Licensed Service as provided for in Paragraphs 8.3 and 8.4 below (“Sublicensee Royalty”).

 

8.3       For each Licensed Product covered by a patent application or patent included in Patent Rights as of the Effective Date of the Agreement, the royalty rate for that Licensed Product shall be as follows:

 

8.3.1 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs within three (3) years after the Effective Date, two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Net Sales;

 

8.3.2 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs between three (3) and six (6) years after the Effective Date, four percent (4%) of Net Sales; or

 

8.3.3 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs beyond six (6) years after the Effective Date, five percent (5%) of Net Sales.

 

8.4       For Licensed Products covered by a patent application or patent included in Patent Rights by amendment after the Effective Date of the Agreement, the royalty rate shall be as follows:

 

8.4.1 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs within three (3) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Net Sales;

 

8.4.2 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs between three (3) and six (6) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, four percent (4%) of Net Sales; or

 

8.4.3 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs beyond six (6) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, five percent (5%) of Net Sales.

 

8.5       In the event that the Sublicensee (other than an Affiliate or Joint Venture) uses the Licensed Products or practices the Licensed Method internally as a research tool, then the Licensee will also pay to TRD, with respect to each Sublicensee (other than an Affiliate or Joint Venture), an Earned Royalty at a rate to be agreed upon between the parties, but which in no event will be at a rate lower than the rate charged for similar research tools licensed from TRDby others.

 

  18  

 

 

9.       EARNED ROYALTIES AND MINIMUM ANNUAL ROYALTIES

 

9.1       The Licensee will also pay to TRD an earned royalty on the Net Sales of each Licensed Product, Licensed Method or Licensed Service by the Licensee or any Affiliate or Joint Venture as provided for in Paragraphs 9.2 and 9.3 below (“Royalty”).

 

9.2       For each Licensed Product covered by a patent application or patent included in Patent Rights as of the Effective Date of the Agreement, the royalty rate for that Licensed Product shall be as follows:

 

9.2.1 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs within three (3) years after the Effective Date, two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Net Sales;

 

9.2.2 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs between three (3) and six (6) years after the Effective Date, four percent (4%) of Net Sales; or

 

9.2.3 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs beyond six (6) years after the Effective Date, five percent (5%) of Net Sales.

 

9.3       For Licensed Products covered by a patent application or patent included in Patent Rights by amendment after the Effective Date of the Agreement, the royalty rate shall be as follows:

 

9.3.1 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs within three (3) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Net Sales;

 

9.3.2 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs between three (3) and six (6) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, four percent (4%) of Net Sales; or

 

9.3.3 For a Licensed Product where a First Commercial Sale occurs beyond six (6) years after the effective date of the amendment under which the patent application or patent is included in Patent Rights, five percent (5%) of Net Sales.

 

  19  

 

 

9.4       In the event that the Licensee, an Affiliate or Joint Venture uses the Licensed Products or practices the Licensed Method internally as a research tool (but excluding Licensee’s research and development efforts to develop Licensed Products, Licensed Methods and Licensed Services), then the Licensee will also pay to TRD, with respect to each Sublicensee (other than an Affiliate or Joint Venture), an Earned Royalty at a rate to be agreed upon between the parties, but which in no event will be at a rate lower than the rate charged for similar research tools licensed from TRDby others.

 

9.5       The Licensee will also pay to TRD a minimum annual royalty for the life of Patent Rights. Beginning with the year of the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service, the Licensee will pay a minimum annual royalty of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). Beginning on the date of the First Commercial Sale of the fourth Licensed Product, the Licensee will pay a minimum annual royalty of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000). For each First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product after the fourth Licensed Product, the minimum annual royalty due to TRD will increase by five thousand dollars ($5,000). For example, upon the First Commercial Sale of the fifth Licensed Product or Licensed Service, the Licensee will pay a minimum annual royalty of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000). A Licensed Product that is repackaged or has minor improvements shall not be considered a “new” Licensed Product for the purposes of this Paragraph. However, for avoidance of doubt, if both the old product and “new” repackaged or modified product are being Sold, then such repackaged or modified product shall be considered a “new” Licensed Product.

 

9.6        The minimum annual royalty will be paid to TRD by February 08 of each year and will be credited against the Earned Royalty due for the calendar year in which the minimum payment was made.

 

10.       MILESTONE PAYMENTS

 

10.1       The Licensee will pay to TRD the following non-refundable, non-creditable amounts based on total accumulated Net Sales:

 

10.1.1 For total accumulated Net Sales of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), the Licensee will pay to TRD a milestone payment of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000);

 

  20  

 

 

10.1.2 For total accumulated Net Sales of one hundred and fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) the Licensee will pay to TRD a milestone payment of, five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000); and

 

10.1.3 For total accumulated Net Sales of five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000), the Licensee will pay to TRD a milestone payment of two million dollars ($2,000,000).

 

10.2       For the avoidance of doubt, each milestone payment will be payable regardless of whether the applicable milestone event has been achieved by the Licensee or any Affiliate, Joint Venture, or Sublicensee.

 

10.3       All milestone payments are due to TRD within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the applicable milestone event.

 

11.       FEES FOR PATENT RIGHTS ADDED AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE

 

11.1       The Licensee will pay a fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) per Base Case added to the Agreement after the Effective Date. Base Case means rights in the Valid Claims of any patent or patent application being added to Patent Rights after the Effective Date, which patent or patent application was not included within the scope of claims of Patent Rights prior to the date of such addition, to the extent assigned to or otherwise obtained by TRD, any corresponding foreign patents and patent applications, and any reissues, extensions, substitutions, continuations, divisions, and continuation-in-part applications (but only those Valid Claims in the continuation-in-part applications that are entirely supported in the specification and entitled to the priority date of the parent application added).

 

11.2       For any Licensed Product covered by patents or patent applications not included in the Agreement as of the Effective Date, in the event that the earned royalty for Licensed Products provided for in Articles 8 and 9 above is not in compliance with legal requirements, the Licensee and TRD agree to negotiate in good faith an earned royalty for such Licensed Products which is legally compliant.

 

12.       DUE DILIGENCE

 

12.1       The Licensee, upon execution of this Agreement, will diligently proceed with the development and manufacture and after a Licensed Product or Licensed Service has been developed, will earnestly and diligently Sell and market the same after execution of this Agreement and in quantities sufficient to meet the market demands therefor.

 

  21  

 

 

12.2       The Licensee will obtain all necessary governmental approvals in each country where Licensed Products and Licensed Services are manufactured, used, Sold, offered for Sale or imported.

 

12.3       The Licensee will:

 

12.3.1 no later than three (3) years after the Effective Date, either (a) produce a good faith working prototype of a first Licensed Product or (b) have a minimum market capitalization of thirty million dollars ($30,000,00) at some time within the first three (3) years of the Effective Date;

 

12.3.2 within five (5) years after the Effective Date, have a First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product or have executed a sublicense agreement;

 

12.3.3 within seven (7) years after the Effective Date, have a First Commercial Sale of a second Licensed Product or have a second executed sublicense agreement; and

 

12.3.4 fill the market demand for Licensed Products and Licensed Services following commencement of marketing at any time during the exclusive period of this Agreement.

 

12.4       If the Licensee is unable to perform any of the above provisions, then TRD has the right and option to either terminate this Agreement or reduce the exclusive license granted to the Licensee to a nonexclusive license in accordance with Paragraph 12.7 below. This right, if exercised by TRD, supersedes the rights granted in Article 2 (Grant).

 

12.5       Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 12.4, TRD recognizes that, taking into account the need for further research and development of the technology before it will be possible for Licensee to commercialize a Licensed Product, it may be necessary from time to time to amend the milestones of Paragraphs 12.3.2 and 12.3.3. Accordingly, TRD hereby agrees to consider in good faith reasonable proposals from Licensee to amend the milestones of these two Paragraphs in light of Licensee’s experience in implementing its development plan for Licensed Products under this Agreement, and TRD and Licensee agree to discuss and negotiate in good faith the diligence requirements of Paragraphs 12.3.2 and 12.3.3 for a period of ninety (90) days if despite diligent effort by Licensee, Licensee is unable to meet the specified milestone.

 

  22  

 

 

12.6       If, however, notwithstanding good faith negotiation, the parties are unable to agree upon any modification to Paragraph 12.3.2 and 12.3.3, then the parties will be under no further obligation to negotiate, and the Agreement’s terms shall govern. No amendment or modification of this Agreement is valid or binding on the parties unless made in writing and signed on behalf of each party.

 

12.7       To exercise either the right to terminate this Agreement or to reduce the exclusive license granted to the Licensee to a non-exclusive license for lack of diligence required in this Article 12 (Due Diligence), TRD will give the Licensee written notice of the deficiency. The Licensee thereafter has sixty (60) days to cure the deficiency. If TRD has not received written tangible evidence satisfactory to TRD that the deficiency has been cured by the end of the sixty (60)-day period, then TRD may, at its option, terminate this Agreement immediately without the obligation to provide sixty (60) days’ notice as set forth in Article 16 (Termination by TRD) or reduce the exclusive license granted to the Licensee to a non-exclusive license by giving written notice to the Licensee.

 

12.8       Notwithstanding Paragraphs 12.4 and 12.7, if Licensee is Selling a Licensed Product at the time of termination, then the Licensee will have the right to a limited exclusive license under the Patent Rights but only to the extent required to continue Selling such Licensed Product provided that such Sales are subject to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to the rendering of reports and payment of earned royalties as required under this Agreement. If Licensee ceases Selling such existing Licensed Product then its continuing rights under this Paragraph 12.8 terminate.

 

13.       PROGRESS AND ROYALTY REPORTS

 

13.1       Beginning on Fenruary 8, 2017, and semi-annually thereafter, the Licensee will submit to TRD a written progress report as described in Paragraph 13.2 below covering the Licensee’s (and any Affiliates’, Joint Ventures’, or Sublicensee’s) activities related to the development and testing of all Licensed Products and Licensed Services and related to the obtaining of the governmental approvals necessary for marketing and the activities required and undertaken in order to meet the diligence requirements set forth in Article 12 (Due Diligence). Progress reports are required for each Licensed Product and Licensed Service until the first Sale or other exploitation of that Licensed Product or Licensed Service occurs in the United States and shall be again required if Sales of such Licensed Product or Licensed Service are suspended or discontinued.

 

  23  

 

 

13.2       Progress reports submitted under Paragraph 13.1 shall include, but are not limited to, a detailed summary of the following topics so that TRD will be able to determine the progress of the development of Licensed Products and Licensed Services and will also be able to determine whether or not the Licensee has met its diligence obligations set forth in Article 12 (Due Diligence) above:

 

13.2.1 summary of work completed as of the submission date of the progress report;

 

13.2.2 key scientific discoveries as of the submission date of the progress report;

 

13.2.3 summary of work in progress as of the submission date of the progress report;

 

13.2.4 current schedule of anticipated events and milestones, including those event and milestones specified in Article 12 (Due Diligence);

 

13.2.5 market plans for introduction of Licensed Products and Licensed Services including the anticipated and actual market introduction dates of each Licensed Product or Licensed Service;

 

13.2.6 Sublicensees’ activities relating to the above items, if there are any Sublicensees;

 

13.2.7 a summary of resources (dollar value) spent in the reporting period; and

 

13.2.8 Licensee’s progress in developing any New Licensed Products elected for commercial development by Licensee pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement.

 

13.3       If the Licensee fails to submit a timely progress report to TRD, then TRD will be entitled to terminate this Agreement under the provisions of Paragraph 16. If either party terminates this Agreement before any Licensed Products or Licensed Services are Sold or before this Agreement’s expiration, then a final progress report covering the period prior to termination must be submitted within thirty (30) days of termination or expiration.

 

13.4       The Licensee has a continuing responsibility to keep TRD informed of the business entity status (small business entity status or large business entity status as defined by the United States Patent and Trademark Office) of itself, any Affiliates, Joint Ventures, or Sublicensees. The Licensee will notify TRD of any change of its status or that of any Affiliate, Joint Venture, or Sublicensee within thirty (30) days of the change in status.

 

  24  

 

 

13.5       The Licensee will report to TRDthe date of first Sale or other exploitation of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service in each country in its first progress and royalty reports following such first Sale of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service.

 

13.6       Beginning with the earlier of (i) the first Sale or other exploitation of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service or (ii) the first transaction that results in Sublicense Fees accruing to TRD, the Licensee will make quarterly royalty and Sublicensee Fee reports to TRD on or before each February 28 (for the quarter ending December 31), May 31 (for the quarter ending March 31), August 31 (for the quarter ending June 30) and November 30 (for the quarter ending September 30) of each year. Each royalty and Sublicensee Fee report will cover Licensee’s most recently completed calendar quarter and will, at a minimum, show:

 

13.6.1 the gross invoice prices and Net Sales of Licensed Products or Licensed Services Sold or otherwise exploited (itemizing the applicable gross proceeds and any deductions therefrom), any Attributed Income (itemizing the applicable gross proceeds and any deductions therefrom) due to the Licensee;

 

13.6.2 the quantity of each type of Licensed Product and/or Licensed Service Sold or otherwise exploited;

 

13.6.3 the country in which each Licensed Product and Licensed Service was made, used or Sold or otherwise exploited;

 

13.6.4 the Earned Royalties, in United States dollars, payable with respect to Net Sales;

 

13.6.5 the Sublicense Fees, in United States dollars, payable with respect to Attributed Income;

 

13.6.6 the method used to calculate the Earned Royalty, specifying all deductions taken and the dollar amount of each such deduction;

 

13.6.7 the exchange rates used, if any;

 

13.6.8 the amount of the cash and the amount of the cash equivalent of any non-cash consideration including the method used to calculate the non-cash consideration;

 

  25  

 

 

13.6.9 for each Licensed Product and each Licensed Service, the specific Patent Rights exercised by the Licensee or any Affiliate, Joint Venture, or Sublicensee in the course of making, using, selling, offering for Sale or importing such Licensed Product and/or using, selling or offering for Sale such Licensed Service; and

 

13.6.10 any other information reasonably necessary to confirm Licensee’s calculation of its financial obligations hereunder.

 

13.7       If no Sales of Licensed Products and Licensed Services have been made and no Licensed Products and Licensed Services have been otherwise exploited and no Attributed Income is due to the Licensee during any reporting period, then a statement to this effect must be provided by the Licensee in the immediately subsequent royalty and Sublicense Fee report.

 

14.       BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

14.1       The Licensee will keep accurate books and records showing all Licensed Product under development, manufactured, used, offered for Sale, imported, Sold and or otherwise exploited; all Licensed Service Sold or otherwise provided; all Net Sales, all Attributed Income, and other amounts payable hereunder; and all sublicenses granted under the terms of this Agreement. Such books and records will be preserved for at least five (5) years after the date of the payment to which they pertain and will be open to examination by representatives or agents of TRD at reasonable times to determine their accuracy and assess the Licensee’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

14.2       TRD shall pay the fees and expenses of such examination. If, however, an error in royalties of more than five percent (5%) of the total royalties due for any year is discovered in any examination, then the Licensee shall bear the fees and expenses of such examination and shall remit such underpayment to TRD within thirty (30) days of the examination results.

 

15.       LIFE OF THE AGREEMENT

 

15.1       Unless otherwise terminated by operation of law, Paragraph 15.2, or by acts of the parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, this Agreement will remain in effect from the Effective Date until the expiration or abandonment of the last of the Patent Rights licensed hereunder.

 

  26  

 

 

15.2       This Agreement will automatically terminate without the obligation to provide 60 days’ notice as set forth in Article 16 (Termination By TRD) upon the filing of a petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code by or against the Licensee as a debtor or alleged debtor.

 

15.3       Any termination or expiration of this Agreement will not affect the rights and obligations set forth in the following Articles:

 

  Article 1 Definitions
  Paragraph 5.8 Late Payments
  Article 6 License Issue Fee
  Article 8 Payments on Sublicenses
  Paragraphs 9.1, 9.2 & 9.5 Earned Royalties and Minimum Annual Royalties
  Article 14 Books and Records
  Article 15 Life of the Agreement
  Article 18 Disposition of Licensed Products and Licensed Services on Hand Upon Termination or Expiration
  Article 19 Use of Names and Trademarks
  Article 20 Limited Warranty
  Article 21 Limitation of Liability
  Paragraphs 22.3 & 22.5 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance
  Article 25 Indemnification
  Article 26 Notices
  Article 30 Governing Laws; Venue; Attorneys Fees
  Article 33 Confidentiality

 

15.4       The termination or expiration of this Agreement will not relieve the Licensee of its obligation to pay any fees, royalties or other payments owed to TRD at the time of such termination or expiration and will not impair any accrued right of TRD, including the right to receive Earned Royalties in accordance with Articles 8 (Payments on Sublicenses), 9 (Earned Royalties and Minimum Annual Royalties) and 18 (Disposition of Licensed Products and Licensed Services Upon Termination or Expiration).

 

16.       TERMINATION BY TRD

 

If the Licensee fails to perform or violates any term of this Agreement, then TRD may give written notice of such default (“Notice of Default”) to the Licensee. If the Licensee fails to repair such default within sixty (60) days after the effective date of such notice, then TRD will have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement and its licenses by providing a written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) to the Licensee.

 

  27  

 

 

17.       TERMINATION BY LICENSEE

 

The Licensee has the right at any time to terminate this Agreement by providing a Notice of Termination to TRD. Moreover, the Licensee will be entitled to terminate the rights under Patent Rights on a country-by-country basis by giving notice in writing to TRD. Termination of this Agreement (but not termination of any patents or patent applications under Patent Rights, which termination is subject to Paragraph 22.5) will be effective sixty (60) days from the effective date of such notice.

 

18.       DISPOSITION OF LICENSED PRODUCT AND LICENSED SERVICES UPON TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION

 

18.1       Upon termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement, within a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of termination, the Licensee is entitled to (i) dispose of all previously made or partially made Licensed Product, but no more and (ii) provide previously contracted-for Licensed Services, provided that the Sale or use of such Licensed Product and the provision of such Licensed Services are subject to the terms of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the rendering of reports and payment of Earned Royalties, Sublicense Fees and any other payments therefor required under this Agreement. The Licensee will not otherwise make, use, Sell, offer for Sale or import Licensed Products or Licensed Services, or practice the Licensed Method after the date of termination.

 

18.2       If applicable Patent Rights exist at the time of any making, Sale, offer for Sale, or import of a Licensed Product or the time of any Sale, offer for Sale, or rendering of a Licensed Service, then Earned Royalties shall be paid at the times provided herein and royalty reports shall be rendered in connection therewith, notwithstanding the absence of applicable Patent Rights with respect to such Licensed Product or Licensed Service at any later time. Otherwise, no Earned Royalties shall be paid on the Sales of such product or service. Any fees or other payments owed to TRD at the time of expiration not based on the Sales of a Licensed Product or Licensed Service will be paid to TRD at the time such fee or other payment would have been due had this Agreement not expired.

 

  28  

 

 

19.       USE OF NAMES AND TRADEMARKS

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as conferring any right to either party to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark or other designation of the other party (including a contraction, abbreviation or simulation of any of the foregoing). Without the Licensee’s consent case-by-case, TRD may list Licensee’s name as a licensee of technology from TRD without further identifying the technology.

 

20.       LIMITED WARRANTY

 

20.1       TRD warrants to the Licensee that it has the lawful right to grant this license.

 

20.2       Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, this license and the associated Invention, Patent Rights, Licensed Products, Licensed Services, and Licensed Methods are provided by TRD WITHOUT WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TRDMAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE INVENTION, PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, OR LICENSED METHODS WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK OR OTHER RIGHTS.

 

20.3       This Agreement does not:

 

20.3.1 express or imply a warranty or representation as to the validity, enforceability, or scope of any Patent Rights; or

 

20.3.2 express or imply a warranty or representation that anything made, used, Sold, offered for Sale or imported or otherwise exploited under any license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents, copyrights, or other rights of third parties; or

 

20.3.3 obligate TRD to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for patent infringement except as provided in Article 24 (Patent Infringement); or

 

20.3.4 confer by implication, estoppel or otherwise any license or rights under any patents or other rights of TRD other than Patent Rights, regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to Patent Rights; or

 

20.3.5 obligate TRD to furnish any New Developments, know-how, technology or information not provided in Patent Rights.

 

  29  

 

 

21.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

EXCEPT FOR LICENSEE’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS FOR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES UNDER ARTICLE 25 NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, COSTS OF PROCURING SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOST BUSINESS, ENHANCED DAMAGES FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT OR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER SPECIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY TRD, LICENSEE, SUBLICENSEES, JOINT VENTURES, OR AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR ALL CAUSES OF ACTION OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING TORT, CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY AND BREACH OF WARRANTY) EVEN IF TRDOR THE LICENSEE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

22.       PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

 

22.1       As long as the Licensee has paid Patent Prosecution Costs as provided for in this Article 22 (Patent Prosecution and Maintenance), TRD will diligently prosecute and maintain the United States and foreign patents comprising the Patent Rights using counsel of its choice. TRD’ counsel will take instructions only from TRD. TRD will provide the Licensee with copies of all relevant documentation so that the Licensee will be informed of the continuing prosecution and may comment upon such documentation sufficiently in advance of any initial deadline for filing a response, provided, however, that if the Licensee has not commented upon such documentation in a reasonable time for TRD to sufficiently consider the Licensee’s comments prior to a deadline with the relevant government patent office, or TRD must act to preserve the Patent Rights, TRD will be free to respond without consideration of the Licensee’s comments, if any. The Licensee agrees to keep this documentation confidential as provided for in Article 33 (Confidentiality).

 

22.2       TRD shall use reasonable efforts to amend any patent application to include claims reasonably requested by the Licensee to protect the products and services contemplated to be Sold, or the Licensed Method to be practiced, under this Agreement.

 

  30  

 

 

22.3       The Licensee will bear the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining all United States and foreign patent applications contemplated by this Agreement (“Patent Prosecution Costs”). Patent Prosecution Costs billed by TRD’ counsel will be rebilled to the Licensee and are due within thirty (30) days of rebilling by TRD. These Patent Prosecution Costs will include, without limitation, patent prosecution costs for the Invention incurred by TRD prior to the execution of this Agreement and any patent prosecution costs that may be incurred for patentability opinions, re-examination, re-issue, interferences, oppositions or inventorship determinations. Prior Patent Prosecution Costs will be due upon execution of this Agreement and billing by TRD and are at least thirty thousand dollars ($30,000).

 

22.4       The Licensee may request that TRD obtain patent protection on the Invention in foreign countries, if available and if it so desires. The Licensee will notify TRD of its decision to obtain or maintain foreign patents not less than ninety (90) days prior to the deadline for any payment, filing or action to be taken in connection therewith. This notice concerning foreign filing must be in writing, must identify the countries desired and must reaffirm the Licensee’s obligation to pay the Patent Prosecution Costs thereof. The absence of such a notice from the Licensee to TRD will be considered an election not to obtain or maintain foreign Patent Rights.

 

22.5       The Licensee will be obligated to pay any Patent Prosecution Costs incurred during the three (3)-month period after receipt by either party of a Notice of Termination, even if the invoices for such Patent Prosecution Costs are received by the Licensee after the end of the three (3)-month period following receipt of a Notice of Termination. The Licensee may terminate its obligation to pay Patent Prosecution Costs with respect to any given patent application or patent under Patent Rights in any or all designated countries upon three (3)-months’ written notice to TRD. TRD may continue prosecution and/or maintenance of such application(s) or patent(s) at its sole discretion and expense, provided, however, that the Licensee will have no further right or licenses thereunder. Non-payment of Patent Prosecution Costs may be deemed by TRD as an election by the Licensee not to maintain such application(s) or patent(s).

 

22.6       TRD may file, prosecute or maintain patent applications or patents at its own expense in any country in which the Licensee has not elected to file, prosecute or maintain patent applications or patents in accordance with this Article 22 (Patent Prosecution and Maintenance) and those applications, resultant patents and patents will not be subject to this Agreement.

 

  31  

 

 

23.       PATENT MARKING

 

The Licensee will mark all Licensed Products made, used or Sold under the terms of this Agreement or their containers in accordance with the applicable patent marking laws.

 

24.       PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

24.1       In the event that TRD (to the extent of the actual knowledge of the licensing professional responsible for the administration of this Agreement) or the Licensee learns of infringement of potential commercial significance of any patent licensed under this Agreement, the knowledgeable party will provide the other (i) with written notice of such infringement and (ii) with any evidence of such infringement available to it (the “Infringement Notice”). During the period in which, and in the jurisdiction where, the Licensee has exclusive rights under this Agreement, neither TRD nor the Licensee will notify a possible infringer of infringement or put such infringer on notice of the existence of any Patent Rights without first obtaining consent of the other. If the Licensee puts such infringer on notice of the existence of any Patent Rights with respect to such infringement without first obtaining the written consent of TRD and if a declaratory judgment action is filed by such infringer against TRD, then Licensee’s right to initiate a suit against such infringer for infringement under Paragraph 24.2 below will terminate immediately without the obligation of TRD to provide notice to the Licensee. Both TRD and the Licensee will use their diligent efforts to cooperate with each other to terminate such infringement without litigation.

 

24.2       If infringing activity of potential commercial significance by the infringer has not been abated within ninety (90) days following the date the Infringement Notice takes effect, then the Licensee may institute suit for patent infringement against the infringer. TRD may voluntarily join such suit at its own expense, but may not otherwise commence suit against the infringer for the acts of infringement that are the subject of the Licensee’s suit or any judgment rendered in that suit. The Licensee may not join TRD as a party in a suit initiated by the Licensee without TRD’ prior written consent. If, in a suit initiated by the Licensee, TRD is involuntarily joined other than by the Licensee, then the Licensee will pay any costs incurred by TRD arising out of such suit, including but not limited to, any legal fees of counsel that TRD selects and retains to represent it in the suit.

 

  32  

 

 

24.3       If, within a hundred and twenty (120) days following the date the Infringement Notice takes effect, infringing activity of potential commercial significance by the infringer has not been abated and if the Licensee has not brought suit against the infringer, then TRD may institute suit for patent infringement against the infringer. If TRD institutes such suit, then the Licensee may not join such suit without TRD’ consent and may not thereafter commence suit against the infringer for the acts of infringement that are the subject of TRD’ suit or any judgment rendered in that suit.

 

24.4       Any recovery or settlement received in connection with any suit will first be shared by TRD and the Licensee equally to cover any litigation costs each incurred and next shall be paid to TRD or the Licensee to cover any litigation costs it incurred in excess of the litigation costs of the other. In any suit initiated by the Licensee, any recovery in excess of litigation costs will be shared between Licensee and TRD as follows: (a) for any recovery other than amounts paid for willful infringement: (i) TRD will receive fifteen percent (15%) of the recovery if TRD was not a party in the litigation and did not incur any litigation costs, (ii) TRDwill receive twenty-five percent (25%) of the recovery if TRD was a party in the litigation whether joined as a party under the provisions of Paragraph 24.2 or otherwise, but TRD did not incur any litigation costs, and (iii) TRD will receive fifty percent (50%) of the recovery if TRD incurred any litigation costs in connection with the litigation; and (b) for any recovery for willful infringement, TRD will receive fifty percent (50%) of the recovery. In any suit initiated by TRD, any recovery in excess of litigation costs will belong to TRD. TRD and the Licensee agree to be bound by all determinations of patent infringement, validity and enforceability (but no other issue) resolved by any adjudicated judgment in a suit brought in compliance with this Article 24 (Patent Infringement).

 

24.5       Any agreement made by the Licensee for purposes of settling litigation or other dispute shall comply with the requirements of Article 3 (Sublicenses) of this Agreement.

 

24.6       Each party will cooperate with the other in litigation proceedings instituted hereunder but at the expense of the party who initiated the suit (unless such suit is being jointly prosecuted by the parties).

 

24.7       Any litigation proceedings will be controlled by the party bringing the suit, except that TRD may be represented by counsel of its choice in any suit brought by the Licensee. 

 

  33  

 

 

25.       INDEMNIFICATION

 

25.1       The Licensee will, and will require its Sublicensees to, indemnify, hold harmless and defend TRD, the sponsors of the research that led to the Invention any invention claimed in patents or patent applications under Patent Rights (including the Licensed Products, Licensed Services and Licensed Methods contemplated thereunder) and their employers, and the officers, employees and agents of any of the foregoing, against any and all claims, suits, losses, damage, costs, fees and expenses resulting from, or arising out of, the exercise of this license or any sublicense. This indemnification will include, but not be limited to, any product liability. If TRD, in its sole discretion, believes that there will be a conflict of interest or it will not otherwise be adequately represented by counsel chosen by the Licensee to defend TRD in accordance with this Paragraph 25.1, then TRD may retain counsel of its choice to represent it and the Licensee will pay all expenses for such representation.

 

25.2       The Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, will insure its activities in connection with any work performed hereunder and will obtain and maintain the following insurance:

 

25.2.1 Commercial Form General Liability Insurance (contractual liability included) with limits as follows:

 

Each Occurrence   $ 500,000  
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate   $ 0  
Personal and Advertising Injury   $ 500,000  
General Aggregate (commercial form only)   $ 1,000,000  

 

If the above insurance is written on a claims-made form, it shall continue for three (3) years following termination or expiration of this Agreement. The insurance shall have a retroactive date of placement prior to or coinciding with the Effective Date of this Agreement;

 

25.2.2 and Worker’s Compensation as legally required in the jurisdiction in which the Licensee is doing business.

 

25.3        Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 25.2 above and except for the provisions of Paragraph 25.4 below, no later than sixty (60) days before the anticipated date of market introduction of any Licensed Product or Licensed Service under this Agreement where such Licensed Product or Licensed Service is not used or Sold for human use, the Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, shall insure its activities in connection with any work performed under this Agreement and obtain, keep in force and maintain the following insurance:

 

  34  

 

 

25.3.1 Commercial Form General Liability Insurance (contractual liability included) with limits as follows:

 

Each Occurrence   $ 1,000,000  
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate   $ 1,000,000  
Personal and Advertising Injury   $ 500,000  
General Aggregate (commercial form only)   $ 1,000,000  

 

If the above insurance is written on a claims-made form, it shall continue for three (3) years following termination or expiration of this Agreement. The insurance shall have a retroactive date of placement prior to or coinciding with the Effective Date of this Agreement;

 

25.3.2 and Worker’s Compensation as legally required in the jurisdiction in which the Licensee is doing business.

 

25.4       Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraphs 25.2 and 25.3 above, no later than sixty (60) days before the anticipated date of market introduction of any Licensed Product or Licensed Service under this Agreement where such Licensed Product or Licensed Service is used or Sold for human use, the Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, shall insure its activities in connection with any work performed under this Agreement and obtain, keep in force and maintain the following insurance:

 

25.4.1 Commercial Form General Liability Insurance (contractual liability included) with limits as follows:

 

Each Occurrence   $ 1,000,000  
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate   $ 1,000,000  
Personal and Advertising Injury   $ 500,000  
General Aggregate (commercial form only)   $ 1,000,000  

 

If the above insurance is written on a claims-made form, it shall continue for three (3) years following termination or expiration of this Agreement. The insurance shall have a retroactive date of placement prior to or coinciding with the Effective Date of this Agreement;

 

25.4.2 To the extent Licensee conducts clinical trials under this Agreement, Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, will obtain, keep in force, and maintain insurance coverage for each clinical trial in an amount that is customary for such trial in the industry; and

 

  35  

 

 

25.4.3 Worker’s Compensation as legally required in the jurisdiction in which the Licensee is doing business.

 

25.5       The coverage and limits referred to in Paragraphs 25.2.1, 25.3.1, 25.4.1, and 25.4.2 above will not in any way limit the liability of the Licensee under this Article 25 (Indemnification). Upon the execution of this Agreement, the Licensee will furnish TRDwith certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with all requirements. Such certificates will:

 

  - Provide for thirty (30) days’ (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) advance written notice to TRDof any cancellation of insurance coverage; the Licensee will promptly notify TRDof any material modification of the insurance coverage;
     
  - Indicate that TRDhas been endorsed as an additional insured under the coverage described above in Paragraphs 25.2.1, 25.3.1, and 25.4.1; and
     
  - Include a provision that the coverage will be primary and will not participate with, nor will be excess over, any valid and collectable insurance or program of self-insurance maintained by TRD.

 

25.6       TRD will promptly notify the Licensee in writing of any claim or suit brought against TRD for which TRD intends to invoke the provisions of this Article 25 (Indemnification). The Licensee will keep TRD informed of its defense of any claims pursuant to this Article 25 (Indemnification).

 

26.       NOTICES

 

26.1       Any notice or payment required to be given to either party under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been properly given and to be effective as of the date specified below if delivered to the respective address given below or to another address as designated by written notice given to the other party:

 

26.1.1 on the date of delivery if delivered in person;

 

26.1.2 on the date of mailing if mailed by first-class certified mail, postage paid; or

 

26.1.3 on the date of mailing if mailed by any global express carrier service that requires the recipient to sign the documents demonstrating the delivery of such notice or payment.

 

  36  

 

 

27.       ASSIGNABILITY

 

This Agreement is personal to the Licensee. The Licensee may not assign or transfer this Agreement, including by merger, operation of law, or otherwise, without TRD’ prior written consent, except that such consent will not be required in the case of assignment or transfer to a party that succeeds to all or substantially all of Licensee’s business or assets relating to this Agreement, whether by sale, merger, operation of law or otherwise, provided that such assignee or transferee promptly agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Licensee and such assignee or transferee signs TRD’ standard substitution of party letter. Any attempted assignment by Licensee without the written consent of TRD will be null and void. This Agreement is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of TRD, its successors and assigns.

 

28.       WAIVER

 

No waiver by either party of any breach or default of any of the agreements contained herein will be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default. No waiver will be valid or binding upon the parties unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party.

 

29.       FORCE MAJEURE

 

29.1       Except for the Licensee’s obligation to make any payments to TRD hereunder, the parties shall not be responsible for any failure to perform due to the occurrence of any events beyond their reasonable control which render their performance impossible or onerous, including, but not limited to: accidents (environmental, toxic spill, etc.); acts of God; biological or nuclear incidents; casualties; earthquakes; fires; floods; governmental acts; orders or restrictions; inability to obtain suitable and sufficient labor, transportation, fuel and materials; local, national or state emergency; power failure and power outages; acts of terrorism; strike; and war.

 

29.2       Either party to this Agreement, however, will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice if either party is unable to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement due to any of the causes specified in Paragraph 29.1 for a period of one (1) year.

 

  37  

 

 

30.       GOVERNING LAWS; VENUE; ATTORNEYS’ FEES

 

30.1       THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE INTERPRETED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WYOMING, excluding any choice of law rules that would direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction and without regard to which party drafted particular provisions of this Agreement, but the scope and validity of any patent or patent application will be governed by the applicable laws of the country of such patent or patent application.

 

30.2       Any legal action brought by the parties hereto relating to this Agreement will be conducted in BROWARD COUNTY, FLORIDA.

 

30.3       The prevailing party in any suit related to this Agreement will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to its costs and necessary disbursements.

 

31.       GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OR REGISTRATION

 

If this Agreement or any associated transaction is required by the law of any nation to be either approved or registered with any governmental agency, the Licensee will assume all legal obligations to do so. The Licensee will notify TRD if it becomes aware that this Agreement is subject to a United States or foreign government reporting or approval requirement. The Licensee will make all necessary filings and pay all costs including fees, penalties and all other out-of-pocket costs associated with such reporting or approval process.

 

32.       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

The Licensee shall comply with all applicable international, national, state, regional and local laws and regulations in performing its obligations hereunder and in its use, manufacture, Sale or import of the Licensed Products, Licensed Services or practice of the Licensed Method. The Licensee will observe all applicable United States and foreign laws with respect to the transfer of Licensed Products and related technical data and the provision of Licensed Services to foreign countries, including, without limitation, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) and the Export Administration Regulations. The Licensee shall manufacture Licensed Products and practice the Licensed Method in compliance with applicable government importation laws and regulations of a particular country for Licensed Products made outside the particular country in which such Licensed Products are used, Sold or otherwise exploited.

 

  38  

 

 

33.       CONFIDENTIALITY

 

33.1       The Licensee and TRD will treat and maintain the other party’s proprietary business, patent prosecution, software, engineering drawings, process and technical information and other proprietary information, including the negotiated terms of this Agreement and any progress reports and royalty reports and any sublicense agreement issued pursuant to this Agreement (“Proprietary Information”) in confidence using at least the same degree of care as the receiving party uses to protect its own proprietary information of a like nature from the date of disclosure until five (5) years after the termination or expiration of this Agreement. This confidentiality obligation will apply to the information defined as “Data” under the Secrecy Agreement and such Data will be treated as Proprietary Information hereunder.

 

33.2       The Licensee and TRD may use and disclose Proprietary Information to their employees, agents, consultants, contractors and, in the case of the Licensee, its Sublicensees, provided that such parties are bound by a like duty of confidentiality as that found in this Article 33 (Confidentiality). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, TRD may release this Agreement or any sublicense, including any terms thereof, and information regarding royalty payments or other income received in connection with this Agreement to the inventors, senior administrative officials employed by TRD upon their request. If such release is made, TRD will request that such terms be kept in confidence in accordance with the provisions of this Article 33 (Confidentiality). In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if a third party inquires whether a license to Patent Rights is available, then TRD may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the extent of the grant in Articles 2 (Grant) and 3 (Sublicenses) and related definitions to such third party, but will not disclose the name of the Licensee unless Licensee has already made such disclosure publicly and will not disclose the financial terms contained in this Agreement.

 

33.3       All written Proprietary Information will be labeled or marked confidential or proprietary. If the Proprietary Information is orally disclosed, it will be reduced to writing or some other physically tangible form, marked and labeled as confidential or proprietary by the disclosing party and delivered to the receiving party within thirty (30) days after the oral disclosure.

 

  39  

 

 

33.4       Nothing contained herein will restrict or impair, in any way, the right of the Licensee or TRDto use or disclose any Proprietary Information:

 

33.4.1 that recipient can demonstrate by written records was previously known to it prior to its disclosure by the disclosing party;

 

33.4.2 that recipient can demonstrate by written records is now, or becomes in the future, public knowledge other than through acts or omissions of recipient;

 

33.4.3 that recipient can demonstrate by written records was obtained lawfully and without restrictions on the recipient from sources independent of the disclosing party; and

 

The Licensee or TRD also may disclose Proprietary Information that is required to be disclosed (i) to a governmental entity or agency in connection with seeking any governmental or regulatory approval, governmental audit, or other governmental contractual requirement or (ii) by law, provided that the recipient uses reasonable efforts to give the party owning the Proprietary Information sufficient notice of such required disclosure to allow the party owning the Proprietary Information reasonable opportunity to object to, and to take legal action to prevent, such disclosure.

 

33.5       Upon termination of this Agreement, the Licensee and TRD will destroy or return any of the disclosing party’s Proprietary Information in its possession within fifteen (15) days following the termination of this Agreement. The Licensee and TRD will provide each other, within thirty (30) days following termination, with written notice that such Proprietary Information has been returned or destroyed. Each party may, however, retain one copy of such Proprietary Information for archival purposes in non-working files.

 

34.       MISCELLANEOUS

 

34.1       The headings of the several sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

34.2       This Agreement is not binding on the parties until it has been signed below on behalf of each party. It is then effective as of the Effective Date.

 

34.3       No amendment or modification of this Agreement is valid or binding on the parties unless made in writing and signed on behalf of each party.

 

34.4       This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. The Secrecy Agreement dated January 2017 is hereby superseded. The Option Agreement remains in effect.

 

  40  

 

 

34.5       In case any of the provisions contained in this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained in it.

 

34.6       This Agreement includes the attached Appendix(es) A and B.

 

34.7       No provisions of this Agreement are intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity other than TRD and the Licensee any rights, remedies or other benefits under, or by reason of, this Agreement.

 

34.8       In performing their respective duties under this Agreement, each of the parties will be operating as an independent contractor. Nothing contained herein will in any way constitute any association, partnership, or joint venture between the parties hereto, or be construed to evidence the intention of the parties to establish any such relationship. Neither party will have the power to bind the other party or incur obligations on the other party’s behalf without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both TRD and the Licensee have executed this Agreement, in duplicate originals, by their respective and duly authorized officers on the day and year written.

 

MyDX, INC   Torque Research & Development, Inc.
         
By:     By:  
  (Signature)     (Signature)
         
Name:  Daniel Yazback   Name:   Michelle Markuson
  (Please Print)      
         
Title: CEO   Title: President

 

  41  

 

 

TRD Agreement no. 2017-01-1111

 

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SPONSORED RESEARCH AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into on February 8, 2017 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Torque Research & Development, Inc. (“TRD”) and MyDx, Inc. a Nevada Corporation, with an office at 6335 Ferris Square, Suite B San Diego, CA 92121, (“Sponsor”).

 

RECITALS

TRD, has valuable experience, skill, and ability in “Manufacturable, Medical Grade Plastic Smart Devices and Related Medical Software Applications for Prescribers, Administrators and Patient Applications.”

Sponsor desires to have TRD undertake a research project in accordance with the scope of work described in Exhibit A, “Statement of Work and Tasks” (the “Research”).

Sponsor and TRD have entered into an agreement (the “Option”) whereby The TRD will forebear licensing certain patents (“TRD’ Patent Rights”) that Sponsor may need to practice any grant of rights under any License Agreement contemplated by this Agreement.

The research program contemplated by this Agreement is of mutual interest and benefit to TRD and Sponsor.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. STATEMENT OF WORK. TRD agrees to perform the research project described in Exhibit A (“the Initial Statement of Work and Tasks”), which Exhibit is incorporated herein. Access to work carried on in TRD’s laboratories in the course of the Research shall be entirely under the supervision, direction, and control of TRD personnel.

TRD shall in its discretion contract any expert, consultant or contractor (“Subcontractor”) to perform any portion of the Research without Sponsor’s prior written consent.

2. KEY PERSONNEL.
(A) In addition to appropriate staffing levels necessary to complete the Research, there will be domain experts that maybe identified as a key personnel for the performance of the Research at TRD.

 

 

 

3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE. This Agreement is effective for the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the earlier of (a) three (3) years after the Effective Date, or (b) completion of the Research and may be extended only by written agreement of the parties. If, prior to the end of such three (3) year period, Sponsor agrees in writing to continue to sponsor the Research with a financial commitment substantially similar to that contained herein, then this Agreement shall continue for an additional period of up to three (3) years based on the level of Sponsor’s commitment.
4. REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS. TRD shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor for all costs including but not limited to direct and indirect incurred in connection with the Research up to the amount of $280,371 in accordance with the budget and its Terms attached as Exhibit B. While it is estimated that this amount is sufficient to conduct the Research, TRD may submit to the Sponsor a revised budget requesting additional funds. TRD shall not be obligated to incur expend in excess of those provided under this Agreement to conduct the Research. All expenses are indicative of internal and external resources and Sponsor shall be obligated to all budgeted amounts so long as quarterly progress reports are provide or prototypes have been delivered before the end of the term, whether expended or not.

PAYMENT TERMS

Sponsor shall pay the following amount (“Deferred Payment”) upon submission of an invoice from TRD at the time shown:

  Amount Due Date Due
     
$75,000 Within ninety (90) days following the Effective Date

At any time subsequent to execution of the Agreement, TRD shall be entitled to receive a maximum amount of Deferred Cash Compensation derived by multiplying: (i) fifteen percent (15%) and (ii) the aggregate of: (A) the (net of fees) amount, exclusive of a pass through investment, of any new debt or equity investment into the Company by a nonaffiliated third party (a “New Investment”) during the Term of this Agreement; and (B) all Strategic Party Cash received by the Company during the Term of this Agreement. A non-affiliated third party shall mean a party who is not presently an obligee of the Company or a Company shareholder. TRD, in its sole discretion, may elect to accept payment in whole or in part in the form of restricted common stock (“RS”). In the event TRD elects to accept RS the share price will be calculated based on the lowest intraday closing price on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

During the project period, beginning on the ninetieth (90 th ) day subsequent to the execution of the Agreement, TRD shall invoice the Sponsor each three (3) months per the Budget attached hereto in the performance of the Research.    Payment of such invoices shall be due no later than thirty (30) days after Sponsor approval of the invoice.  Payment shall be made by wire transfer to the account to be provided under separate cover.

 

  2  

 

 

5. TITLE TO EQUIPMENT.

In the event that TRD purchases equipment, title to such equipment will vest in TRD upon acquisition.

6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.
(A) All rights to inventions or discoveries conceived and reduced to practice in the performance of Research conducted under this Agreement (the “Additional IP”) shall belong to TRD and shall be disposed of in accordance with it’s intellectual property policies and as set forth in this Agreement.
(B) TRD hereby grants to the Sponsor the right to include the Additional IP in their existing license agreement identified by TRD no. 2017-02-1108, effective February 08, 2017 (“License”) provided that Sponsor is not in default of any payment or funding obligations required under this Agreement. If Sponsor should exercise this right, Sponsor shall assume all costs associated with the preparation and filing of any patents (“Patent Costs”) for the Additional IP and the Additional IP shall be included in the License.
(C) Sponsor will advise TRD within (9) months from disclosure whether or not it wishes to exercise its right to include under the License said Additional IP. Notwithstanding the above, if TRD incurs any Patent Costs for the Additional IP, Sponsor shall advise TRD in writing within three (3) months of incurring the first Patent Costs. If Sponsor does not advise TRD within the time stated above, rights to the Additional IP shall be disposed of in accordance with TRD policies with no further obligation to Sponsor. For the avoidance of doubt, Sponsor’s exercise of such right prior to the completion of the Research shall not terminate the Research, and the Research and Sponsor’s funding obligations shall continue in accordance with this Agreement.
(D) TRD shall promptly disclose to Sponsor any Additional IP made under this Agreement. Sponsor shall hold such disclosure on a confidential basis and will not disclose the information to any third party, other than its actual or prospective investors, on a confidential basis without consent of TRD. Sponsor shall advise TRD in writing within the period described in Section 6(B) whether or not it wishes to include under the License the Additional IP. If Sponsor elects to include the Additional IP under the License Sponsor shall assume all Patent Costs whether or not a patent(s) issues.

  3  

 

 

(E) Ownership of any software first created in the performance of the Research shall belong to TRD and shall be determined in accordance with U.S. Copyright law. Upon receipt of a copy of such software, Sponsor shall have thirty (30) days, extendible upon the mutual consent of both parties, to negotiate the terms of a copyright license agreement and TRD agrees to negotiate these license terms in good faith. During this period, TRD will not offer a commercial license to any other party.
7. PUBLICATION. TRD agrees to provide Sponsor, in confidence, with an advanced copy of any publication resulting from the Research not less than thirty (30) days prior to the submission to a journal or any other public disclosure. At the request of the Sponsor, TRD agrees to delay the publication for a period of not more than ninety (90) days from the date the publication was originally provided to the Sponsor for the purpose of filing relevant patent applications to protect any new data.
8. CONFIDENTIALITY.
(A) Unless otherwise required by law, Sponsor will safeguard from disclosure information, oral or written, provided to it by the TRD (“Confidential Information”) and will only disclose to its actual or prospective investors in confidence.
(B) Confidential Information does not include information which:
(i) was known to Sponsor prior to the disclosure hereunder;
(ii) was received from a third party not under an obligation of confidence to TRD;
(iii) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure hereunder or subsequently entered the public domain without the fault of the Sponsor;
(iv) is independently known prior to receipt thereof or is discovered independently by an employee of Sponsor without the use of the information supplied by TRD under this Agreement; or
(v) is required to be disclosed by law.
(C) The obligations of confidentiality under this paragraph shall survive and continue for five (5) years after the expiration of or early termination of this Agreement.
9. REPORTS. TRD shall hold biannual meetings with Sponsor during the term of this Agreement summarizing the work conducted. A final report setting forth the accomplishments and significant research findings shall be prepared by TRD and submitted to the Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the expiration or early termination of this Agreement.

  4  

 

 

10. TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated by either party at any time upon the receipt of ninety (90) days written notice to the other party. The following Provisions shall survive such early termination: 6, 8, 10, 13, and 14. In addition, if Sponsor fails to make any payment required hereunder, this agreement shall terminate on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after TRD mails notice of such failure, unless payment is received before such ninetieth (90 th ) day. TRD may also terminate immediately if there is a Force Majuere event as detailed in Provision 15 below. Upon notification, TRD shall proceed in an orderly fashion to limit or terminate any outstanding commitments and/or to conclude the research. All costs associated with termination shall be allowable, including non-cancelable commitments incurred prior to receipt of termination notice and all expenses which have not been reimbursed to TRD by Sponsor. In the event of termination, TRD shall submit to Sponsor a final financial report in accordance with Paragraph 4 of this Agreement. Any costs and commitments incurred in excess of funds provided will be invoiced to Sponsor and will be payable by Sponsor within thirty (30) days. Any funds remaining from the advanced payment under Section 4 shall be returned to Sponsor within thirty (30) days.
11. NOTICES. Any notices given under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered return receipt mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile addressed to the parties corporate headquarters.
12. PUBLICITY. Neither party shall use the name, trade names, or trademarks of the other party or the other party’s employees in connection with any products, promotion, or advertising without the prior written permission of an authorized representative of the other party.
13. USE OF RESEARCH RESULTS AND PRODUCT LIABILITY. To the extent it would otherwise be liable under applicable law, Sponsor agrees to hold harmless, indemnify and defend TRD from all liabilities, demands, damages, expenses and losses arising out of use by the Sponsor, or by any party acting on behalf of or under authorization from the Sponsor, or out of any use, sale of other disposition by the Sponsor, or by any party acting on behalf of or under authorization from the Sponsor, of products made by use of the results of the Research performed hereunder. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive termination.
14. INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent it would otherwise be liable under applicable law, Sponsor hereby waives and agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless TRD, it’s officers, trustees, agents, employees and contractors from any loss, claim of damages, or liability of any kind, including legal fees, court costs and other expenses in litigation or settlement of any claims, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, except to the extent resulting from a breach of this Agreement by TRD. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

  5  

 

 

15. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Party shall be liable for any failure to perform as required by this Agreement, to the extent such failure to perform is caused by any reason beyond their control, or by reason of any of the following occurrences: labor disturbances or labor disputes of any kind, accidents, failure of any governmental approval required for full performance, civil disorders or commotion’s, acts of aggression, floods, earthquakes, acts of God, energy or other conservation measures, explosion, failure of utilities, material shortages, disease, or other such occurrences.
16. ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement is personal to the Sponsor. The Sponsor may not assign or transfer this Agreement, without Sponsor prior written consent; provided, however, that Sponsor may, without such consent, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business or assets, or in the event of its merger, consolidation, change in control or other similar transaction. Any other attempted assignment by Sponsor without the written consent of Sponsor will be null and void. This Agreement is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of TRD, its successors and assigns.
17. SEVERABILITY. In the event a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid, such holding shall have no effect on the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and they shall continue in full force and effect.
18. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. Each party shall be deemed to be an independent contractor of the other party, and neither shall be considered an agent, employee, joint venture or partner of the other. Neither party shall have authority to make warranties or representations or enter agreements on behalf of the other, nor shall either party be bound by the acts, statements or conduct of the other.
19. INDEPENDENT INQUIRY. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the freedom of researchers who are participants in this Agreement, whether paid under this Agreement, or not, from engaging in similar research inquiries made independently under other grants, contracts or agreements with parties other than the Sponsor.
20. HEADINGS. The paragraph headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT CHANGES. This Agreement and its appendices, together with the Option Agreement entered into between the parties of even date herewith and any license agreements that result from this Agreement, contain the entire agreement between the parties, and supersede any prior agreements between the parties, written or oral regarding the subject matter thereof. No amendments or changes to this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by authorized representatives of TRD and Sponsor. All correspondence regarding terms of this Agreement shall be sent as specified in Provision 11.
22. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Florida, Broward County.

  6  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate by proper persons thereunto duly authorized. 

MyDx, Inc.   Torque Research & Development, Inc.
         
By:   By:  
         
Name: Daniel Yazbeck   Name: Michelle Markuson
         
Title: CEO   Title: President

 

  7  

 

 

EXH I BIT A:

Initial Statement of Work and Tasks

 

Project Title:

 

“Manufacturable, Medical Grade Plastic Smart Vape Devices and Related Medical Software Applications for Prescribers, Administrators and Patient Applications.”

 

Scope of Work:

 

This Sponsored Research Project focuses on developing medical vape smart devices and related medical software applications for prescribers, administrators and patient applications that can be manufactured in high-volume. Based on the on the engineering and manufacturing experience of TRD the scope of the current research project is to develop these technologies into robust products. This effort incorporates the following major tasks:

 

1. Develop integrated, manufacturable, smart vape electronic device

 

This task includes the further development of novel Smart Devices and applications, developing and testing new Bluetooth components to transmit data to a qualified applications, developing methods to integrate and track the data of multiple devices within a control group, and improving the properties and performance of the plastic based on the needs of specific alternative cannabinoid tablets and other forms of raw materials.

 

Under this scope of work, further development and optimization of design for manufacturing to decrease the cost of good sold and maintain the desired specifications is required in order to improve the device performance as well as transition to high volume manufacturing. Also, new enclosure materials will be explored.

 

Under the scope of work, further evaluation of components, costs, and sizes will be required, including but not limited to the PCB size, Bluetooth module, LED board, battery capacity and size, charging circuits, heating elements (including max temperature and consumption), interaction between oil and flow control module as well as Bluetooth board, remote power on/off switch, and Bluetooth transmission range, to name a few.

 

2. Develop useful Software tools using safety and dosage control that is applicable to the professional medical community.

 

This task includes developing and demonstrating both iOS and Android software that can receive data from the Bluetooth device as well as control its functionality.

 

 

 

 

The period of performance for this project is 3 years . Progress on both tasks will be reported to MyDx, Inc. quarterly or biannually. Initial Milestones are as follows:

 

Q1

Confirm achievable specifications and sample costs
Confirm Solution and design schematic and PCB
Design and optimize BOM.
Characterize alternative parts

 

Q2

Manufacture intial PCB
Develop Firmware
Design and begin prototyping device enclosure
Develop methods to integrate multiple components.
Outline initial customer facing and backend software

 

Q3

Produce initial customer facing software with Android
Develop a manufacturable process
Assemble device and test
Demonstrate performance of Beta prototype

 

Q4

Initiate full beta testing with 10+ pen modules
Update design and functionality based on Beta feedback
Update software based on Beta feedback
Build iOS Software

 

Q5

Finalize manufacturing process and build initial general release units
Proceed to secure regulatory certification (FCC/CE)
Launch iOS and Android software in the iOS and Google Play stores
Submit full manufacturing package to CM

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Project Budget

 

Project Title Manufacturable, Medical Grade Plastic Smart Vape Devices and Related Medical Software Applications for Prescribers, Administrators and Patient Applications.
   
PROJECT PERIOD Feb 1, 2017 - Feb 01, 20120

 

    2/01/17 - 2/01/18     2/1/18 - 2/01/19     2/1/19 - 2/01/20        
SUMMARY   YEAR 1     YEAR 2     YEAR 3     Cumulative  
                         
PERSONNEL                        
                         
PI – Chief Engineer (salary & fringe)   $ 12,254     $ 12,713     $ 13,845     $ 38,812  
Technician (salary & fringe)   $ 42,319     $ 46,349     $ 50,545     $ 139,213  
                                 
TRAVEL   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 6,000  
                                 
SUPPLIES   $ 4,000     $ 3,800     $ 3,546     $ 11,346  
                                 
OTHER COST:                                
INRF Lab Rm Fac Access Fees @ $500/mo X 2   $ 12,000     $ 12,000     $ 12,000     $ 36,000  
INRF Tooling Fees   $ 12,000     $ 12,000     $ 12,000     $ 36,000  
INRF User Support Fee @ $500 X 2   $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 3,000  
                                 
EQUIPMENT   $ 5,000     $ 5,000     $ 0     $ 10,000  
                                 
TOTAL DIRECT COST   $ 90,573     $ 94,862     $ 94,936     $ 280,371  
                                 
TOTAL   $ 90,573     $ 94,862     $ 94,936     $ 280,371  

 

Each three month period commencing on the Effective Date during the term of this Agreement, Sponsor shall pay up to 1/4th of the applicable Total Cash Contributed amount set forth above for the applicable contract year. The above fees are estimates and indicative of internal and external expenses charged whether expended or not to achieve the result. TRD may elect to accept payment in whole or in part in the form of restricted common stock (“RS”). In the event TRD elects to accept RS it will be done based on the lowest intraday closing price as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

The overall budget may be amended in writing by either Party at the end of each annual budget period for this Agreement.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MYDX Company

Brand Refresh

 

Wednesday February 13, 2017

Prepared by Justin Heit, Executive Creative Director

 

 

 

 

Libre Design owns the copyright for this document and all its contents.

 

 

 

 

The Proposal should be considered private and confidential and may not be shared with any third party without the prior written permission of Libre Design.

 

Libre Design Agency: Proposed Services

 

The following pages outline the services Libre Design proposes to collaborate on with MYDX and Bud Genius Brands (“Company”) as part of the Branding and Advertising Marketing services. We have highlighted the services we believe both brands will require to meet the goals you have defined.

 

In the “Project Breakdown” section we combine only those proposed services.

 

Because the needs of the brand may grow and priorities may change as we work through this process, Libre generally works with clients in blocks of hours called Flex Hours. These hours may be used for any of the services defined within this proposal, or any further needs that develop throughout the process. We reserve the right to revisits our Agreement in the event we are not able to recover our time investment and in this instance we may elect to move strictly to an hourly fee. Our block of time are completely customizable to the needs of MyDX and the Bud Genius Company. At a minimum, Libre requires engagement for 230 hours to ensure the quality of our work and end product meets your expectations and ours.

 

Please read through the following outline and let me know if you have any questions or concerns regarding the services, or the Flex Hour philosophy. I am personally excited to begin this project with you, as is the entire Libre team.

 

Thank you for the opportunity. I look forward to your thoughts and feedback.

 

Justin Heit

Executive Creative Director

Libre Design

 

  2  

 

 

Scope of Work

 

The approach is systematic and delivers proven results when paired with operators that execute on a well thought out business strategy. After meeting with the team we believe the focus of our efforts should center on the following deliverables. Libre requires that any feedback once a design proof round has been emailed that it be responded to in writing within 24 hours and no later than 72 hours:

 

 

  3  

 

 

 

 

  4  

 

 

 

 

  5  

 

 

Project Breakdown

 

MYDX and Bud Genius Company x Libre Design

 

MYDX X Bud Genius

 

Deliverables:

 

-   Brand Strategy / Research and Discovery

-   Logo Design

-   Info Graphics / Illustrations

-   AD Campaign Direction / Design

-   Website Design

 

With a per-project contract, we can offer our services for $73,700.

 

Next Step

 

The potential partnership with you and Bud Genius Company represents an exciting opportunity to the Libre Design Team. Your understanding of creativity’s role in the branding process resonates with Libre as a whole and each of us as individuals, giving our team added purpose.

 

Our history as brand builders, and position as consumers in lifestyle markets make us keenly aware of the emotional connection we must create, as well as the importance of communicating the authentic history and commitment to your customers to ensure the success of the brand.

 

We look forward to discussing this project with you further very soon.

 

If you have any questions or comments, please feel free to contact us at any time.

 

We thank you for the opportunity.

 

Best Regards,

 

Justin Heit

Executive Creative Director

 

PLEASE SCAN & EMAIL SIGNED CONTRACT TO: justin@libredesign.com

 

  6  

 

 

Agreement

Terms and Conditions

 

General : Due to project resources, prompt and all inclusive feedback is greatly appreciated and imperative to maintain production schedules. This Design Agency Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of February 17, 2017 between MYDX, Inc. (“Company” or “Client”) and Libre Design, LLC (“Consultant” of “Agency”). Libre is not responsible for missed deadlines that are a direct result of slow or late feedback from the client. Agency producer will assist in client communication and deadlines to help maintain production schedules. Any delays that result in additional design hours will fall under Appendix A guidelines. WHEREAS, the Company requires the Services (as defined herein) as set forth herein; WHEREAS, Consultant is qualified to provide the Company with the Services and is desirous to perform such Services for the Company; and WHEREAS, the Company wishes to induce Consultant to provide the Services and wishes to contract with the Consultant regarding the same and compensate Consultant in accordance with the terms herein; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter stated, it is agreed as follows:

 

Contract Term : This contract runs the earlier of the length of the project to completion or twelve months (12).

 

Structure : This is a flexible deliverable schedule that represents the historic project for Libre based on the hours proposed and services required by the client. Any changes or alterations to the above line items or schedule may result in additional hours if the scope of work is extended beyond those hours laid out in the proposal. Hourly professional fees incurred above the scope shall be billed at Two Hundred and Seventy Five Dollars ($275) per hour.

 

Property : Libre reserves the right to use all content created for above client for demo reel, digital media, and any other promotional materials now existing or hereafter developed.

 

Solicitation : During the course of the agreement and for 6 months following its termination, the client and it’s subsidiaries cannot solicit any member of the Libre Staff.

 

Compensation and Payment Terms : General . As set forth fully herein, compensation (hereinafter referred to as the “Compensation”) shall be tendered in the form of cash and the Company’s restricted common stock. All Compensation delivered to the Agency will be deemed earned, due, payable and non-assessable, without lien or encumbrance, as of the date that portion of Compensation is due and/or paid to the Agency. Once a respective portion Compensation is due to be tendered to Consultant, there shall be no refunds or diminishment of Consultant’s right to the respective portion of Compensation, regardless of any event. All monetary values discussed herein shall be determined in the form of United States Dollars. All payments of cash and restricted common stock shall be made by or before the first business day from the date that such payment is due to be made. The Company agrees to pay compensation as follows: DEFERRED CASH: Three thousand dollars ($3,000) upon execution of this Agreement and One Thousand Five Hundred dollars ($1,500) per month for a subsequent eleven (11) payments thereafter on or before the first (1st) of each month RESTRICTED SECURITIES: Within five (5) days of execution, Agency will receive a signing bonus payable at the discretion of the Agency equal to Sixty Seven Million shares of the Clients restricted common stock as of February 17, 2017 at a closing market price equal to .0011 and is considered earned, due and payable regardless of any Termination or Renewal event. As further defined below, all Libre invoices shall be paid no later than fifteen (15) days after the invoice date, or earlier if provided in any document to which these Terms and Conditions are attached. All overdue accounts shall accrue a service charge of 1.5% of the unpaid balance per month (or such lesser rate as may be permitted by law) until the account is paid in full. Client’s rights in any deliverables are expressly subject to and conditioned upon payment in full of all amounts due to Libre. In the event of any early termination by Client for any reason, Client shall pay to Libre (i) unpaid fees for services rendered, plus (ii) 50% of all contemplated fees that would have been paid but for the early termination, plus (iii) all incurred and unavoidable expenses. A 50% deposit for projects or 1 month installment for long-term contracts is required at signing of agreement with remaining balance due according to the agreed upon payment schedule.

 

  7  

 

 

DEFERRED CASH PAYMENT: At any time subsequent to execution of the Agreement, Libre Design shall be entitled to receive a maximum amount of Deferred Cash Compensation derived by multiplying: (i) fifteen percent (15%) and (ii) the aggregate of: (A) the (net of fees) amount, exclusive of a pass through investment, of any new debt or equity investment into the Company by a nonaffiliated third party (a “New Investment”) during the Term of this Agreement; and (B) all Strategic Party Cash received by the Company during the Term of this Agreement. A non-affiliated third party shall mean a party who is not presently an obligee of the Company or a Company shareholder. To be clear, for example, if during the Term, a New Investment was made which provided the Company with $1,000,000 (net of fees), unless the Company was provided a written election from consultant stating all fees due under this Agreement would be paid is exactly $120,000 (i.e. the total amount of all Deferred Cash Compensation under this Agreement) of this New Investment would be made available to, and reserved for, Libre Design to pay Deferred Cash Compensation. Additionally, if the above example New Investment was only $500,000, and there were no additional New Investments made during the Term, then a maximum of $75,000 would be available to be paid to Consultant under this Section in Deferred Cash compensation.

  

HOLD HARMLESS: The Company agrees to indemnify the Consultant and hold it harmless against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Consultant, in connection with, or relating in any manner, directly or indirectly, to the Consultant rendering the Services in accordance with the Agreement, unless it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arose out of the Consultant’s breach of this Agreement, sole negligence, gross negligence, willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or violation of any applicable law. Additionally, the Company agrees to reimburse the Consultant immediately for any and all expenses, including, without limitation, attorney fees, incurred by the Consultant in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending, or otherwise being involved in, any lawsuits, claims or other proceedings arising out of or in connection with or relating in any manner, directly or indirectly, to the rendering of any Services by the Consultant in accordance with the Agreement (as defendant, nonparty, or in any other capacity other than as a plaintiff, including, without limitation, as a party in an interpleader action). The Company further agrees that the indemnification and reimbursement commitments set forth in this paragraph shall extend to any controlling person, strategic alliance, partner, member, shareholder, director, officer, employee, agent or subcontractor of the Consultant and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The provisions set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

ARBITRATION: Any dispute or other disagreement arising from or out of this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association and the decision of the arbiter(s) shall be enforceable in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Arbitration shall occur only in San Diego County, CA. The interpretation and the enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by California Law as applied to residents of the State of California relating to contracts executed in and to be performed solely within the State of California.

 

TERMINATION AND RENEWAL: Termination and Renewal: During the term of this Agreement, in the event of breach of this Agreement by Consultant, the Company may send written notice to Consultant advising Consultant of such breach. Upon receipt of such notice from Company, Consultant shall have 45 days to cure such breach. This Agreement may be terminated by Company only upon written notice to Consultant and Consultant’s failure to cure said breach within 45 days from receipt of said notice.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST: The Parties to this Agreement acknowledge that there may be conflicts of interest in having Libre and it’s affiliates performing certain services for the Client. By and through this Agreement, Client has been advised of existing conflicts of interest with BCI and/or its principals and that periodically certain conflicts of interest may arise, of which Libre shall advise Client verbally or in writing on a best efforts basis, and that it is advisable to seek outside independent legal counsel to address any such issue which Client believes may call into question Libre responsibilities as described herein.

 

JURISDICTION: The subject matter of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California (without reference to its choice of law principles), and to the exclusion of the law of any other forum, without regard to the jurisdiction in which any action or special proceeding may be instituted. AS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUES SO TRIABLE. If it becomes necessary for any party to institute legal action to enforce the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be awarded reasonable attorneys fees, expenses and costs.

 

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE: The Company and the Consultant shall have the right to demand specific performance of the terms, and each of them, of this Agreement.

 

  8  

 

 

EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT: The Company, the party executing this Agreement on behalf of the Company, and the Consultant, have the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as all transactions contemplated hereunder. All corporate proceedings have been taken and all corporate authorizations and approvals have been secured which are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Consultant of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the Consultant and constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with the respective terms herein. Upon delivery of this Agreement, this Agreement, and the other agreements and exhibits referred to herein, will constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company, and will be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Delivery may take place via facsimile transmission.

 

JOINT DRAFTING: This Agreement shall be deemed to have been drafted jointly by the Parties hereto, and no inference or interpretation against any one party shall be made solely by virtue of such party allegedly having been the draftsperson of this Agreement. The parties have each conducted sufficient and appropriate due diligence with respect to the facts and circumstances surrounding and related to this Agreement. The parties expressly disclaim all reliance upon, and prospectively waive any fraud, misrepresentation, negligence or other claim based on information supplied by the other party, in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND ASSENT: The parties acknowledge that they have been given at least thirty (30) days to consider this Agreement and that they were advised to consult with an independent attorney prior to signing this Agreement and that they have in fact consulted with counsel of their own choosing prior to executing this Agreement. The parties may revoke this Agreement for a period of three (3) days after signing this Agreement, and the Agreement shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of this three (3) day revocation period. The parties agree that they have read this Agreement and understand the content herein, and freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms herein.

 

APPENDIX A

Fees are based upon the scope and terms of the project laid out in this agreement and under no circumstance will exceed three design rounds delivered to the Client. Further, the Client is responsible for providing written feedback and specific direction to any round that it is requesting be updated. In the event feedback is not provided to any design round within 72 hours then Libre will not be responsible for providing additional design rounds. Any major changes in scope will require a written amendment and restatement of of terms and fees. Design hours above and beyond the terms laid out in this agreement will be billed at the agreed upon hourly rate of $275 per hour, or a set fee per project based on the nature of the needs and discretion of Libre Design Agency. The client will be notified and approve of all additional hours to be billed before any billable work is completed.

 

APPENDIX B

Photography fees do not include any production fees associated with the shoot. All production costs (photographer fees, crew, travel, equipment, models etc.) to be outlined and approved upon finalizing the creative direction and location for the photography.

 

Libre Design, LLC   MyDX, Inc. MYDX
     
    /s/ Daniel Yazbeck
sign and date   sign and date
     
Justin Heit, CEO   Daniel Yazbeck, CEO
print name   print name
     
Justin Heit, Executive Creative Director   Daniel Yazbeck, CEO

 

  9  

 

 

EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT: The Company, the party executing this Agreement on behalf of the Company, and the Consultant, have the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as all transactions contemplated hereunder. All corporate proceedings have been taken and all corporate authorizations and approvals have been secured which are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Consultant of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the Consultant and constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with the respective terms herein. Upon delivery of this Agreement, this Agreement, and the other agreements and exhibits referred to herein, will constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company, and will be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Delivery may take place via facsimile transmission.

 

JOINT DRAFTING: This Agreement shall be deemed to have been drafted jointly by the Parties hereto, and no inference or interpretation against any one party shall be made solely by virtue of such party allegedly having been the draftsperson of this Agreement. The parties have each conducted sufficient and appropriate due diligence with respect to the facts and circumstances surrounding and related to this Agreement. The parties expressly disclaim all reliance upon, and prospectively waive any fraud, misrepresentation, negligence or other claim based on information supplied by the other party, in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND ASSENT: The parties acknowledge that they have been given at least thirty (30) days to consider this Agreement and that they were advised to consult with an independent attorney prior to signing this Agreement and that they have in fact consulted with counsel of their own choosing prior to executing this Agreement. The parties may revoke this Agreement for a period of three (3) days after signing this Agreement, and the Agreement shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of this three (3) day revocation period. The parties agree that they have read this Agreement and understand the content herein, and freely and voluntarily assent to all of the terms herein.

 

APPENDIX A

Fees are based upon the scope and terms of the project laid out in this agreement and under no circumstance will exceed three design rounds delivered to the Client. Further, the Client is responsible for providing written feedback and specific direction to any round that it is requesting be updated. In the event feedback is not provided to any design round within 72 hours then Libre will not be responsible for providing additional design rounds. Any major changes in scope will require a written amendment and restatement of of terms and fees. Design hours above and beyond the terms laid out in this agreement will be billed at the agreed upon hourly rate of $275 per hour, or a set fee per project based on the nature of the needs and discretion of Libre Design Agency. The client will be notified and approve of all additional hours to be billed before any billable work is completed.

 

APPENDIX B

Photography fees do not include any production fees associated with the shoot. All production costs (photographer fees, crew, travel, equipment, models etc.) to be outlined and approved upon finalizing the creative direction and location for the photography.

 

 

Libre Design, LLC   MyDX, Inc. MYDX
     
/s/ Justin Heit    
sign and date   sign and date

 

Justin Heit, CEO   Daniel Yazbeck, CEO
print name   print name
     
Justin Heit, Executive Creative Director   Daniel Yazbeck, CEO

 

 

  10

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

CDx, Inc.

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Daniel R. Yazbeck, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MyDx, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly for the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
   
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 17, 2017 By: /s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck
   

Daniel R. Yazbeck

Principal Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Daniel R. Yazbeck, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MyDx, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly for the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 17, 2017 By: /s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck   
   

Daniel R. Yazbeck

Principal Accounting Officer

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report of MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Daniel R. Yazbeck, Principal Executive Officer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Sec. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) Such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 17, 2017 By: /s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck
    Daniel R. Yazbeck
   

Principal Executive Officer

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report of MyDx, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Daniel R. Yazbeck, Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Sec. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) Such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 17, 2017 By: /s/ Daniel R. Yazbeck
    Daniel R. Yazbeck
   

Principal Financial Officer